51103971 oracle ebs r12 general ledger training

707
Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger Created on Saturday, March 19, 2011

Upload: ckanadia

Post on 16-Apr-2015

488 views

Category:

Documents


17 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Oracle EBS R12 General LedgerCreated on Saturday, March 19, 2011

Page 2: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

COPYRIGHT & TRADEMARKS

Copyright © 2003, 2007, Oracle. All rights reserved. Powered by OnDemand Software. Distributed by Oracle under license from Global Knowledge Software LLC. © 1998-2007. All rights reserved.

The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice. If you find any problems in the documentation, please report them to us in writing. This document is not warranted to be error-free. Except as may be expressly permitted in your license agreement for these Programs, no part of these Programs may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, for any purpose.

If this documentation is delivered to the United States Government or anyone using the documentation on behalf of the United States Government, the following notice is applicable:

U.S. GOVERNMENT RIGHTSThe U.S. Government’s rights to use, modify, reproduce, release, perform, display, or disclose these training materials are restricted by the terms of the applicable Oracle license agreement and/or the applicable U.S. Government contract.

Oracle, JD Edwards, PeopleSoft, and Siebel are registered trademarks of Oracle Corporation and/or its affiliates. Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners.

Page 3: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Table of ContentsIntroduction ....................................................................................................................... vi Journal Entry ..................................................................................................................... 1

Creating Journal Batches ............................................................................................................ 1 Entering Journals ........................................................................................................................ 8 Changing the Journal Entry Currency ....................................................................................... 12 Entering Journal Lines .............................................................................................................. 18 Entering Entered Currency Journal ........................................................................................... 22 Entering Statistical Journals ..................................................................................................... 27 Autocopying Journal Batches ................................................................................................... 32 Changing a Batch Period .......................................................................................................... 38 Entering and Posting Journal Batches ....................................................................................... 43 Creating Recurring Journal Entries ........................................................................................... 48 Creating Skeleton Journal Entries ............................................................................................. 52 Changing a Recurring Journal Entry ......................................................................................... 57 Reviewing Recurring Journal Batches ...................................................................................... 61 Posting Journals ........................................................................................................................ 65 Copying Entries from an Existing Recurring Journal Batch ..................................................... 71 Entering a Year-End Closing Journal Entry .............................................................................. 75 Creating Standard Recurring Journal Entry Lines .................................................................... 80 Correcting Batch Posting Errors ............................................................................................... 85 Posting Journal Batches Automatically (AutoPost) ................................................................ 100 Reversing Journals .................................................................................................................. 106 Generating Reversing Journal Batches ................................................................................... 113 Enabling Journal Line Reconciliation ..................................................................................... 120 Entering Reconciliation References ........................................................................................ 125 Using Automatic Journal Scheduling ..................................................................................... 130 Adding Attachments to a Journal Entry .................................................................................. 139 Checking or Reserving Funds for a Journal Batch .................................................................. 148

Online Inquiries ............................................................................................................. 156 Performing Account Inquiries ................................................................................................ 156 Performing Journal Entry Inquiries ......................................................................................... 167 Drilling Down to Subledger Details ........................................................................................ 178 Viewing T-Accounts ............................................................................................................... 200 Performing Budget Inquiries .................................................................................................. 207 Reviewing Budget Balance in a Master Budget ...................................................................... 211 Processing Consolidated Balance Inquiries ............................................................................ 216

Defining Budgets ............................................................................................................ 223 Defining Budgets .................................................................................................................... 223 Assigning Budget Periods ....................................................................................................... 226 Opening a Budget Period ........................................................................................................ 228 Copying Budget Amounts from a Budget ............................................................................... 233

Managing Budget Organizations .................................................................................. 239 Defining Budget Organizations .............................................................................................. 239 Assigning Account Ranges to Budget Organizations ............................................................. 243 Protecting a Budget Organization with a Password ................................................................ 250 Adding or Changing Individual Accounts .............................................................................. 255

Budget Formulas ............................................................................................................ 261 Creating a Budget Formula Entry ........................................................................................... 261

Page iii

Page 4: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Creating Budget Formula Entry Lines .................................................................................... 264 Copying Existing Budget Formulas ........................................................................................ 270 Changing a Budget Formula Entry ......................................................................................... 272

Entering Budget Amounts ............................................................................................. 277 Entering Budget Amounts for Multiple Accounts .................................................................. 277 Entering Budget Rules to Distribute Budget Amounts ........................................................... 281 Entering Budget Journals ........................................................................................................ 287 Creating Unposted Journal Batches ........................................................................................ 291 Exporting a Budget Worksheet Using the Budget Wizard ...................................................... 301

Transferring Budget Amounts ...................................................................................... 320 Transferring Budget Amounts Using Budgetary Control ........................................................ 320 Entering Budget Transfer Amounts ....................................................................................... 324

Freezing Budgets ............................................................................................................ 330 Freezing Budget Formula Batches .......................................................................................... 330 Freezing Budget Organizations ............................................................................................... 333 Freezing Budgets for a Range of Accounts ............................................................................. 335

Encumbrance Accounting ............................................................................................. 340 Defining Encumbrance Types ................................................................................................ 340 Entering Encumbrances .......................................................................................................... 343 Viewing Funds Available ....................................................................................................... 350 Carrying Forward Year-End Encumbrance and Budget Balances .......................................... 354

Average Balance Processing .......................................................................................... 360 Opening a New Period ............................................................................................................ 360 Archiving Journals .................................................................................................................. 368 Consolidating Transactions ..................................................................................................... 373 Consolidating Balances .......................................................................................................... 386

Financial Reporting ....................................................................................................... 398 Running Simple Reports ......................................................................................................... 398 Using the Financial Statement Generator (FSG) ..................................................................... 406 Viewing Ledger Sets .............................................................................................................. 412

Maintenance ................................................................................................................... 418 Defining a Move/Merge Request ............................................................................................ 418 Submitting a Move/Merge Request ........................................................................................ 421 Creating New Accounts with Mass Creation .......................................................................... 425

Global Consolidation System ........................................................................................ 429 Using the Consolidation Workbench ...................................................................................... 429 Transferring Subsidiary Data to Your Parent .......................................................................... 436 Creating Elimination Entries .................................................................................................. 439 Purging Consolidation Audit Data .......................................................................................... 445

Multi-Currency .............................................................................................................. 449 Defining Foreign Currencies .................................................................................................. 449 Defining Currency Cross Rates .............................................................................................. 453 Entering a Journal with Conversion Rounding Differences .................................................... 457 Using the Currency Rates Manager ........................................................................................ 465

Journal or Subledger Level Reporting Currencies ..................................................... 476 Entering Reporting Currencies ............................................................................................... 476 Using Reporting Currencies .................................................................................................... 479

Using the Account Hierarchy Manager ....................................................................... 495 Starting the Account Hierarchy Manager ............................................................................... 495

Page iv

Page 5: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Displaying Multiple Hierarchies ............................................................................................. 497 Adding or Changing Rollup Groups ....................................................................................... 508 Adding or Changing Parent Hierarchies ................................................................................. 520 Adding or Changing Child Values .......................................................................................... 541

Basic General Ledger Setup .......................................................................................... 563 Defining General Ledger Value Sets ...................................................................................... 563 Creating a Responsibility for the Controller ........................................................................... 567 Creating a Security Rule ......................................................................................................... 573 Defining Accounting Key Flexfield Structures ....................................................................... 582 Entering Values for Key Flexfields ........................................................................................ 596 Using the Account Hierarchy Editor ....................................................................................... 602 Defining an Accounting Calendar .......................................................................................... 617 Defining a Ledger ................................................................................................................... 628 Opening the First Accounting Period ...................................................................................... 635 Setting Up Journal Categories and Sources ............................................................................ 641 Setting Up Suspense Accounts ............................................................................................... 646 Entering Unbalanced Journals ................................................................................................ 649

Custom General Ledger Reports .................................................................................. 659 Creating a Row Set ................................................................................................................. 659 Running an Ad-Hoc Row Set Report ...................................................................................... 667 Running a Row Set Summary and Detail Report .................................................................... 671 Creating a Column Set ............................................................................................................ 675 Creating a Column Set Heading ............................................................................................. 685 Running a Column Set Ad-Hoc Report .................................................................................. 689 Running Column Set Detail and Summary Reports ................................................................ 694 Defining a Content Set ........................................................................................................... 698

Page v

Page 6: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

IntroductionOracle General Ledger enables you to create and maintain ledgers, ledger currencies, budgets, and journal entries.

Upon completion of this module, you will be able to:• Perform journal entry.• Perform online inquiries.• Define budgets.• Manage budget organizations.• Manage budget formulas.• Enter budget amounts.• Freeze budgets.• Use encumbrance accounting.• Perform average balance processing.• Run financial reporting.• Perform maintenance.• Use the Global Consolidation system.• Manage multi-currencies.• Enter reporting currencies.• Use the Account Hierarchy Manager.• Set up general ledger users.• Set up general ledger.• Manage custom general ledger reports.

Page vi

Page 7: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Journal EntryJournal Entry includes information on journal batches, journal entries, batch periods, recurring entries, and recurring batches.

Upon completion of this lesson, you will be able to:• Create journal batches.• Enter journals.• Enter journal lines.• Enter entered currency journal.• Enter statistical journals.• Auto-copy journal batches.• Change batch periods.• Enter and post journal batches.• Create recurring journal entries.• Create skeleton journal entries.• Post Journals.• Correct batch posting errors.• Post journal batches automatically.• Reverse journals.• Generate reversing journal batches.• Enter reconciliation references.• Use automatic journal scheduling.• Check or reverse funds for a journal batch.

Creating Journal BatchesYou can organize journal entries with common attributes into batches. For example, you might group your journal entries by type or date. You can have multiple journals in one batch, or you can have a separate batch for each journal entry.

In this topic, you will create journal batches.

Procedure

Page 1

Page 8: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Enter Journals page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the Journals: Enter link.

4.

The Find Journals page enables you to search for journals based on specific search criteria.

Page 2

Page 9: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

5.

Click the New Batch button.

or Press [Alt+B].

6.

The Batch page enables you to create, view, and modify a batch.

A batch can contain multiple journals, each of which can belong to a different ledger. However, all the ledgers within a batch must have the same calendar, period type, and chart of accounts.

Page 3

Page 10: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

7.

Click in the Batch field.

8.

Enter the desired information into the Batch field. Enter "Provisioning of Accrual Expenses".

9.

Click in the Period field.

10.

Enter the desired information into the Period field. Enter "Oct-07".

11.

Click the Journals button.

or Press [Alt+J].

Page 4

Page 11: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

12.

The Journals page enables you to enter all journal entries in a batch in the same period.

You can create a journal batch for any Open or Future Enterable accounting period.

You can only post batches in Open accounting periods.

Step Action

13.

Enter the desired information into the Journal field. Enter "Accrual Expenses for Computer Resources".

14.

Enter the desired information into the Description field. Enter "Journal Entry for Accrual Expenses of Computer Resources".

15.

Click in the Line field.

Page 5

Page 12: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

16.

Enter the desired information into the Line field. Enter "10".

17.

Click in the Account field.

18.

Enter the desired information into the Account field. Enter "01-130-6100-0000-000".

19.

Click in the Debit field.

20.

Enter the desired information into the Debit field. Enter "150".

21.

Click in the Line field.

22.

Enter the desired information into the Account field. Enter "01-130-2225-0000-000".

23.

Click in the Credit field.

24.

Enter the desired information into the Credit field. Enter "150".

25.

Click in the Journal field.

26.

Click the New button.

Page 6

Page 13: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

27.

Click the Yes button.

or Press [Alt+Y].

28.

Enter the desired information into the Journal field. Enter "Accrual Expenses for Marketing Department".

29.

Click in the Description field.

30.

Enter the desired information into the Description field. Enter "Journal Entry for Accrual Expenses of Marketing Department".

31.

Click in the Line field.

32.

Enter the desired information into the Line field. Enter "10".

33.

Click in the Account field.

34.

Enter the desired information into the Account field. Enter "01-490-6100-0000-000".

35.

Click in the Debit field.

36.

Enter the desired information into the Debit field. Enter "150".

Page 7

Page 14: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

37.

Click in the Line field.

38.

Enter the desired information into the Account field. Enter "01-490-2225-0000-000".

39.

Click in the Credit field.

40.

Enter the desired information into the Credit field. Enter "150".

41.

Click the Save button.

42.

You have completed the Creating Journal Batches procedure.End of Procedure.

Entering JournalsThe Enter Journals page enables you to create journal entries with or without batch information.

In this topic, you will learn to enter journals.

Procedure

Page 8

Page 15: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Enter Journals page.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the Journals: Enter link.

4.

The Find Journals page enables you to search for the appropriate journal based on specific search criteria.

To enter a journal without entering batch information, click the New Journal button.

Page 9

Page 16: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

5.

Click the New Journal button.

or Press [Alt+J].

6.

The Journals page enables you to:• Enter a unique name and description• Select a ledger for a journal entry• Enter a category to describe the purpose of your journal entry• Enter the period• Accept or change the effective date• Enter journal lines

Page 10

Page 17: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

7.

Click in the Journal field.

8.

Enter the desired information into the Journal field. Enter "Labor Cost Provision".

9.

Click in the Description field.

10.

Enter the desired information into the Description field. Enter "Lab our Cost Provision for the month of Oct-07".

11.

Click in the Line field.

12.

Enter the desired information into the Line field. Enter "10".

Page 11

Page 18: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

13.

Click in the Account field.

14.

Enter the desired information into the Account field. Enter "01-000-5020-0000-000".

15.

Click in the Debit field.

16.

Enter the desired information into the Debit field. Enter "7500".

17.

Click in the Line field.

18.

Enter the desired information into the Account field. Enter "01-000-2410-0000-000".

19.

Click in the Credit field.

20.

Enter the desired information into the Credit field. Enter "7500".

21.

Click the Save button.

22.

You have completed the Entering Journals procedure.End of Procedure.

Changing the Journal Entry CurrencyYou can change the currency for any unposted journal entry.

Page 12

Page 19: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

If you are using budgetary control, and have reserved funds for the journal entry, you must unreserve funds before you can change the currency.

In this topic, you will change the journal entry currency.

Procedure

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Enter Journals page.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the Journals: Enter link.

Page 13

Page 20: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

4.

The Find Journals page enables you to search for a journal based on specific search criteria.

Step Action

5.

Click in the Batch field.

6.

Enter the desired information into the Batch field. Enter "Accrued Expenses 02-DEC-2007 23:01:21".

7.

Click in the Period field.

8.

Enter the desired information into the Period field. Enter "Oct-07".

9.

Click in the Status: Posting field.

Page 14

Page 21: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

10.

Enter the desired information into the Status: Posting field. Enter "Unposted".

11.

Click the Find button.

or Press [Alt+i].

Step Action

12.

Click the Review Journal button.

or Press [Alt+u].

Page 15

Page 22: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

13.

The Journals page enables you to define, create and view journal entries.

Step Action

14.

Click the Change Currency... button.

or Press [Alt+y].

15.

The Change Currency page enables you to enter the journal currency conversion information such as currency date, conversion type, and conversion rate.

Page 16

Page 23: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

16.

Enter the desired information into the Currency: To field. Enter "EUR".

17.

Click in the Type: To field.

18.

Enter the desired information into the Type: To field. Enter "Corporate".

19.

Click in the Rate: To field.

20.

Click the OK button.

Page 17

Page 24: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

21.

You have completed the Changing the Journal Entry Currency procedure.End of Procedure.

Entering Journal LinesEnter a Line number for each journal line to control the sequence in which the journal entry lines appear online and in reports.

In this topic, you will enter journal lines.

Procedure

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Enter Journals page.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

Page 18

Page 25: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the Journals: Enter link.

4.

The Find Journals page enables you to search for the appropriate journal based on specific search criteria.

To enter a journal without entering batch information, click the New Journal button.

Step Action

5.

Click the New Journal button.

or Press [Alt+J].

Page 19

Page 26: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

6.

The Journals page enables you to:• Enter a unique name and description• Select a ledger for a journal entry• Enter a category to describe the purpose of your journal entry• Enter the period• Accept or change the effective date

You can enter a line number for each journal line to control the sequence in which thejournal entry lines appear online and in reports. After you enter the first journalentry line number, Oracle General Ledger automatically increments the numbers for the following lines, but you can change the line numbers as necessary.

You can enter an account for the journal line. Your data access set must provide read and write access to the ledger, or read and write access to the account's balancingsegment value or management segment value.

Step Action

7.

Click in the Description field.

Page 20

Page 27: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

8.

Enter the desired information into the Description field. Enter "Rent Accrual for the month of Oct-07".

9.

Click in the Line field.

10.

Enter the desired information into the Line field. Enter "10".

11.

Click in the Account field.

12.

Enter the desired information into the Account field. Enter "01-000-7420-0000-000".

13.

Click in the Debit field.

14.

Enter the desired information into the Debit field. Enter "12500".

15.

Click in the Line field.

16.

Enter the desired information into the Account field. Enter "01-000-2225-0000-000".

17.

Click in the Credit field.

18.

Enter the desired information into the Credit field. Enter "12500".

Page 21

Page 28: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

19.

Click in the Line field.

20.

Click the Save button.

21.

You have completed the Entering Journal Lines procedure.End of Procedure.

Entering Entered Currency JournalYou can enter manual journal entries using an entered currency using the Enter Journals page. An entered currency is a currency that is not the ledger currency. If you use reporting currencies (journal or subledger level), an entered currency is a currency that is not the currency of the reporting currency.

In this topic, you will enter entered currency journals using the Enter Journals page.

Procedure

Page 22

Page 29: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Enter Journals page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the Journals: Enter link.

4.

When you click the Journals: Enter link, the Find Journals page appears.

You can use this page to enter or query a batch, or click the New Batch button or the New Journal button.

Page 23

Page 30: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

5.

Click the New Journal button.

or Press [Alt+J].

6.

You can use the Journals page to enter journal information, specifying the entered currency you want to use for your journal entry.

Page 24

Page 31: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

7.

Enter the desired information into the Journal field. Enter "Accrued Expense".

8.

Click in the Description field.

9.

Enter the desired information into the Description field. Enter "Accrued salary expenses for the month of Oct-07".

10.

Click in the Conversion: Currency field.

11.

Enter the desired information into the Conversion: Currency field. Enter "GBP".

12.

The conversion date is the posting date for the journal entry and should fall within the accounting period you defined for the journal entry.

Page 25

Page 32: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

13.

Click in the Conversion: Type field.

14.

In the conversion Type field, you can select Spot, Corporate, or User type, or any conversion type you defined.Enter the desired information into the Conversion: Type field. Enter "Corporate".

15.

Click in the Line field.

16.

You can enter your journal lines using the Lines Tab. You can use debit and credit amounts in the entered currency.

Oracle General Ledger automatically converts the entered amounts into your ledger's currency based on the designated conversion rate.

17.

Enter the desired information into the Line field. Enter "10".

18.

Click in the Account field.

19.

Enter the desired information into the Account field. Enter "01-000-5020-0000-000".

20.

Click in the Debit field.

21.

Enter the desired information into the Entered: Debit field. Enter "15000".

22.

Click in the Line field.

Page 26

Page 33: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

23.

Enter the desired information into the Account field. Enter "01-000-2410-0000-000".

24.

Click in the Credit field.

25.

Enter the desired information into the Credit field. Enter "15000".

26.

Click the Save button.

27.

You have completed entering entered currency journals using the Enter Journals page.End of Procedure.

Entering Statistical JournalsWith General Ledger you can enter statistical journals in two ways. You can enter journals with only statistical debit and credit amounts. You can also, if your user profile permits, combine monetary and statistical amounts in the same journal line.

In this topic, you will enter a statistical journal using the Enter Journals page.

Procedure

Page 27

Page 34: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Enter Journals page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the Journals: Enter link.

4.

When you click the Journals: Enter link, the Find Journals page will display.

You can use this page to enter or query a batch, or click the New Batch button or the New Journal button.

Page 28

Page 35: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

5.

Click the New Journal button.

or Press [Alt+J].

6.

You will use the Journals page to enter your journal information, specifying STAT for the journal currency. Statistical journal entries do not require balanced debits and credits.

If you use the Reporting Currencies option (Journal or Subledger Level), statistical journals will be generated for your reporting currencies, but the journals are not affected by the currency conversion process.

Page 29

Page 36: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

7.

Enter the desired information into the Journal field. Enter "Employee strength per department".

8.

Click in the Description field.

9.

Enter the desired information into the Description field. Enter "Employee headcount for various departments".

10.

Click in the Conversion: Currency field.

11.

Enter the desired information into the Conversion: Currency field. Enter "STAT".

12.

In the Lines tab, enter your journal lines, using statistical debit and credit amounts. The debits do not need to equal credits for a statistical journal.

Page 30

Page 37: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

13.

Click in the Line field.

14.

Enter the desired information into the Line field. Enter "10".

15.

Click in the Account field.

16.

Enter the desired information into the Account field. Enter "01-000-9110-0000-000".

17.

You can enter the statistical quantity for each journal line in the Debit (STAT) and the Credit (STAT) fields.

Oracle General Ledger automatically displays the unit of measure associated with the natural account segment value for the line.

18.

Click in the Debit (STAT) field.

19.

Enter the desired information into the Debit (STAT) field. Enter "200".

20.

Click in the Line field.

21.

Enter the desired information into the Account field. Enter "01-110-9110-0000-000".

22.

Click in the Debit (STAT) field.

Page 31

Page 38: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

23.

Enter the desired information into the Debit (STAT) field. Enter "350".

24.

Click in the Line field.

25.

Enter the desired information into the Account field. Enter "01-111-9910-0000-000".

26.

Click in the Debit (STAT) field.

27.

Enter the desired information into the Debit (STAT) field. Enter "450".

28.

Click in the Line field.

29.

Click the Save button.

30.

You have completed entering statistical journals using the Enter Journals page.End of Procedure.

Autocopying Journal BatchesYou can create a new journal batch by copying and modifying an existing journal batch. Use Autocopy to copy a journal batch from the Journals window, the Batch window or the Enter Journals window. If you have multiple journals contained in a journal batch, using Autocopy will copy the entire batch. You cannot copy a single journal in the batch.

In this topic, you will autocopy journal batches.

Page 32

Page 39: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Procedure

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Enter Journals page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the Journals: Enter link.

4.

The Find Journals page enables you to search for a journal batch based on specific criteria.

Page 33

Page 40: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

5.

Click in the Batch field.

6.

Enter the desired information into the Batch field. Enter "Provisioning of Accrual Expenses".

7.

Click the Find button.

or Press [Alt+i].

8.

The Enter Journals page displays journals for an existing batch. It also enables you to view the batch status, source, category, period, batch name, and currency for a journal.

In addition, use the Enter Journals page to access the Review Journal, Review Batch, Post, New Journal, New Batch, Tax Batch, and Autocopy windows.

Page 34

Page 41: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

9.

Click the Autocopy button.

10.

The Autocopy page enables you copy the batch. You can also review the batch or review the journal before autocopying.

11.

Enter the desired information into the Batch field. Enter "Provisioning of Accrual Expenses for Nov-07".

12.

Click the OK button.

13.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

Page 35

Page 42: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

14.

Click the View menu.

or Press [Alt+V].

15.

Click the Requests menu.

or Press [R].

16.

The Find Requests page enables you to search for the requests you submitted based on specified search criteria.

Page 36

Page 43: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

17.

Click the Specific Requests option.

18.

Click in the Request ID field.

19.

Enter the desired information into the Request ID field. Enter "5179393".

20.

Click the Find button.

or Press [Alt+i].

21.

The Requests page enables you to view request status information, drill down to view details, log and output information,and access the Diagnostics window.

Page 37

Page 44: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

22.

You have completed the Autocopying Journal Batches procedure.End of Procedure.

Changing a Batch PeriodIf you change the period for an unposted batch, General Ledger updates the posting date for each journal entry.

If you are using budgetary control, and have reserved funds for the batch, you must unreserve funds before you can change the batch period.

In this topic, you will change batch periods.

Procedure

Page 38

Page 45: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Enter Journals page.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the Journals: Enter link.

4.

The Find Journals page enables you to search for journals based on specific search criteria.

Step Action

5.

Click in the Batch field.

6.

Enter the desired information into the Batch field. Enter "Provisioning of Accrual Expenses".

Page 39

Page 46: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

7.

Click the Find button.

or Press [Alt+i].

8.

The Enter Journals page enables you to view details of journal entries, and access the Review Journal, Review Batch, New Journal, and New Batch pages.

Step Action

9.

Click the Review Batch button.

or Press [Alt+c].

10.

The Batch page enables you to create, view, and modify a batch.

A batch can contain multiple journals, each of which can belong to a different ledger. However, all the ledgers within a batch must have the same calendar, period type, and chart of accounts.

Page 40

Page 47: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

11.

Click the Change Period... button.

or Press [Alt+g].

12.

The Change Period page enables you to update the batch period.

If the original creation date of your journal entry batch is within the new period, Oracle General Ledger assigns the creation date as the new effective date.

If the creation date of your journal entry batch is not in the same period as the new batch period, Oracle General Ledger assigns either the first or last day of the new period as the new effective date, depending on which date is closer to the creation date.

Page 41

Page 48: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

13.

Enter the desired information into the Period: To field. Enter "Sep-07".

14.

Click in the Effective Date: To field.

15.

Enter the desired information into the Effective Date: To field. Enter "15-SEP-2007".

16.

Click the OK button.

17.

You have completed the Changing a Batch Period procedure.End of Procedure.

Page 42

Page 49: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Entering and Posting Journal BatchesYou can organize journal entries with common attributes into batches. A batch can contain multiple journals, each of which can belong to a different ledger, but all of the ledgers within a batch must have the same calendar, period type, and chart of accounts.

All journal entries in a batch must share the same period. You can create a journal batch for any Open or Future Enterable accounting period, but you can only post batches in Open accounting periods.

In this topic, you will enter and post journal batches.

Procedure

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Find Journals page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

Page 43

Page 50: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

3.

Click the Journals: Enter link.

4.

Use the Find Journals page to navigate to the New Batch button to enter journal batches.

Step Action

5.

Click the New Batch button.

or Press [Alt+B].

6.

The Journals page enables you to enter your journal information for the journal batches.

Page 44

Page 51: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

7.

Click in the Journal field.

8.

Enter the desired information into the Journal field. Enter "Training Journal 1".

9.

The Lines tab enables you to enter a line number for each journal line to control the sequence in which the journal entry lines appear online and in reports.

After you enter the first journal entry line number, Oracle General Ledger automatically increments the numbers for the following lines.

10.

Click in the Line field.

11.

Enter the desired information into the Line field. Enter "1".

Page 45

Page 52: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

12.

Click in the Account field.

13.

Enter an account for the journal line. Your data access set must provide read and write access to the ledger, or read and write access to the account's balancing segment value or management segment value.Enter the desired information into the Account field. Enter "01-000-1570-0000-000".

14.

Click in the Entered: Debit field.

15.

Enter the debit amount for the designated account.Enter the desired information into the Debit field. Enter "1000".

16.

Click in the Line field.

17.

Enter the desired information into the Line field. Enter "2".

18.

Click in the Account field.

19.

Enter the desired information into the Account field. Enter "01-000-1110-0000-000".

20.

Click in the Credit field.

21.

Enter the Credit amount for the designated account.Enter the desired information into the Credit field. Enter "1000".

22.

Click in the Line field.

Page 46

Page 53: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

23.

Click in the Account field.

24.

Enter the desired information into the Account field. Enter "01-000-1410-0000-000".

25.

Click in the Debit field.

26.

Enter the desired information into the Debit field. Enter "2000".

27.

Click in the Line field.

28.

Enter the desired information into the Line field. Enter "4".

29.

Click in the Account field.

30.

Enter the desired information into the Account field. Enter "01-520-5310-0000-000".

31.

Click in the Credit field.

32.

Enter the desired information into the Credit field. Enter "2000".

33.

Click the Save button.

Page 47

Page 54: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

34.

The Post button enables you to post journal batches to update the account balances of your detail and summary accounts.Click the Post button.

or Press [Alt+P].

35.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

36.

You have completed the Entering and Posting Journal Batches procedure.End of Procedure.

Creating Recurring Journal EntriesYou can use recurring journal entries to define automatic consolidating and eliminating entries. Recurring journal entries examples include; intercompany debt, bad debt expense, and periodic accruals.

In this topic, you will create the recurring journal entries and use them for each subsequent accounting period you generate.

Procedure

Page 48

Page 55: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to Define Recurring Entries page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

Page 49

Page 56: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

3.

Click the Recurring link.

4.

Use the Define Recurring Journal Entries page to define the recurring journal entries that you want to use later.

Page 50

Page 57: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

5.

Click in the Recurring Batch: Batch field.

6.

Enter the desired information into the Recurring Batch: Batch field. Enter "DBI COGs Adjustments".

7.

Click in the Recurring Batch: Description field.

8.

Enter the desired information into the Recurring Batch: Description field. Enter "To adjust COGS for DBI Reports".

9.

Click in the Journal field.

10.

Enter the desired information into the Journal field. Enter "DBI COGS Adjustment".

Page 51

Page 58: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

11.

Click in the Category field.

12.

Enter the desired information into the Category field. Enter "Adjustment".

13.

The Currency field is used to convert foreign currency recurring journals.

14.

Click in the Journal Entry: Effective From Date field.

15.

Enter a range of Effective Dates that includes only those periods for which youwant the recurring journal entry to be used.Enter the desired information into the Journal Entry: Effective From Date field. Enter "27-NOV-2007".

16.

Click in the Journal Entry: Effective To Date field.

17.

Enter the desired information into the Journal Entry: Effective To Date field. Enter "01-Dec-2007".

18.

Click the Save button.

19.

You have created a recurring journal entry.End of Procedure.

Creating Skeleton Journal EntriesCreate skeleton journal entries for journal entries that affect the same accounts each period, but have different posting amounts. After you generate skeleton journal entries, edit the unposted journal batch using the Enter Journals page and enter the debit and credit amounts for the journal lines.

Page 52

Page 59: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

In this topic, you will create skeleton journal entries.

Procedure

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Define Recurring Journal Formula page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the Recurring link.

4.

The Define Recurring Journal Formula page enables you to enter or query the batch name and the journal entry name for creating a skeleton journal entry.

Page 53

Page 60: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

5.

Click in the Recurring Batch: Batch field.

6.

Enter the batch name.Enter the desired information into the Recurring Batch: Batch field. Enter "Training".

7.

Click in the Journal field.

8.

Enter the journal entry name.Enter the desired information into the Journal field. Enter "Training Recurring Journal 1".

9.

Click in the Category field.

10.

Enter the desired information into the Category field. Enter "Adjustment".

Page 54

Page 61: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

11.

Click the Lines button.

or Press [Alt+n].

12.

The Journal Entry Lines page enables you to enter a line number to set the order of your recurring journal entry lines.

Step Action

13.

Click in the Line field.

14.

Enter the desired information into the Line field. Enter "1".

Page 55

Page 62: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

15.

Click in the Account field.

16.

Enter the Account you want General Ledger to update when you generate and post your recurring journals. Enter the desired information into the Account field. Enter "01-000-7420-0000-000".

17.

Enter the desired information into the Line Description field. Enter "RENT EXPENSE".

Step Action

18.

Click the Save button.

or Press [S].

Page 56

Page 63: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

19.

You have completed the Creating Skeleton Journal Entries procedure.End of Procedure.

Changing a Recurring Journal EntryIf the recurring journal entry does not have security enabled, you can modify the recurring journal entry. However, if the recurring journal entry has security enabled, you can only modify recurring journal entries for which you have modify privileges through your definition access sets.

In this topic, you will change the recurring journal entry information.

Procedure

Page 57

Page 64: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Define Recurring Journal Formula page. Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the Journals: Define: Recurring link.

4.

Use the Define Recurring Journal Formula page to query the name of the recurring journal formula batch that you want to change.

Step Action

5.

Click the Find... button.

6.

Use the Source Batches page to search and select the batch that you want to change.

Page 58

Page 65: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

7.

Click the Recurring Expenses Journal list item.

8.

Use the Find Recurring Batches page to query and select the name of the recurring journal entry you want to change.

9.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

10.

Click the Lines button.

or Press [Alt+n].

11.

Use the Journal Entry Lines page to review or change the recurring journal entry lines.

Page 59

Page 66: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

12.

Enter the information to edit the recurring journal lines.Click in the Formula: Amount field.

13.

Enter the desired information into the Formula: Amount field. Enter "100".

Step Action

14.

Click the Save button.

15.

You have changed the recurring journal entry information.End of Procedure.

Page 60

Page 67: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Reviewing Recurring Journal BatchesYou must generate recurring journals to create unposted journal entries from the recurring journal formulas you defined. After generating the formulas, you can review or edit the recurring journal batches before posting them.

You must have read-only or read and write access to the ledger and the balancing segment value or management segment value used in the recurring journal formula to generate recurring journals.

When you generate recurring journals from the recurring journal definition or from the Generate Recurring Journals page for average daily balance ledgers, you can set the profile option to GL: Number of Formulas to Validate for each Recurring Journal Batch, to validate your recurring journal batch before running the generation program for any average balancing processing violations with the calculation effective date or average balance usage.

In this topic, you will review the recurring journal batches.

Procedure

Page 61

Page 68: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Find Journals page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Inquiry: Journal link.

5.

Use the Find Journals page to find journal batches and journal entries. General Ledger displays search results in either the Journal Entry Inquiry or Enter Journals page.

Step Action

6.

Click in the Batch field.

Page 62

Page 69: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

7.

Enter the desired information into the Batch field. Enter "Training Recurring Journal 01".

8.

Click the Find button.

or Press [Alt+i].

9.

Use the Journal Entry Inquiry page to review the batch or journal entry information. You can also perform a journal entry inquiry by clicking the Request button.

Step Action

10.

Click the Review Batch button.

or Press [Alt+c].

Page 63

Page 70: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

11.

Use the Batch page to review detailed information of a batch, a journal entry within that batch, and the line details within that journal entry.

Step Action

12.

Click the Journals button.

or Press [Alt+J].

13.

Use the Journals page to view journal and subledger transaction information as balanced accounting entries.

14.

Click the Close button.

Page 64

Page 71: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

15.

You have reviewed the recurring journal batches.End of Procedure.

Posting JournalsPost journal batches to update the account balances of your detail and summary accounts. You can post actual, budget, or encumbrance journal batches.

In this topic, you will post journals.

Procedure

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Post Journals page.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

Page 65

Page 72: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the Journals: Post link.

4.

The Find Journal Batches page enables you to find journal batches based on specific search criteria.

Step Action

5.

Click in the Period field.

6.

Enter the desired information into the Period field. Enter "Oct-07".

7.

Click the Find button.

Page 66

Page 73: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

or Press [Alt+i].

8.

The Post Journals page enables you to view and post the batch.

Step Action

9.

Click the Selected for Posting option.

10.

Click the Selected for Posting option.

11.

Click the Post button.

or Press [Alt+P].

Page 67

Page 74: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

12.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

Step Action

13.

Click the View menu.

or Press [Alt+V].

14.

Click the Requests menu.

or Press [R].

Page 68

Page 75: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

15.

The Find Requests page enables you to search for requests based on specific search criteria.

Step Action

16.

Click the Specific Requests option.

17.

Click in the Request ID field.

18.

Enter the desired information into the Request ID field. Enter "5176773".

Page 69

Page 76: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

19.

Click the Find button.

or Press [Alt+i].

20.

The Requests page enables you to view details of your request search, and to access the View Details, View Output, Diagnostics, and View Log pages.

Step Action

21.

Click the View Output button.

or Press [Alt+p].

Page 70

Page 77: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

22.

Review the Posting Validation Report to assure your journals were properly posted.

23.

You have completed the Posting Journals procedure.End of Procedure.

Copying Entries from an Existing Recurring Journal BatchYou can create a new recurring journal formula batch quickly by copying and modifying an existing recurring journal formula batch.

In this procedure, you will copy a journal batch using the Autocopy function in the Define Recurring Journal Formula page.

Procedure

Page 71

Page 78: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Define Recurring Journal Formula page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the Journals: Define: Recurring link.

4.

In the Define Recurring Journal Formula page, you can create or copy recurring journal formula batches which include ledgers that have the same chart of accounts, calendar, and period type as the data access set of your current responsibility.

When you generate the recurring journal formula batches, you must have read or read and write access to the ledger and balancing segment value or management segment value to generate recurring journals.

If you use reporting currencies (journal or subledger level), you can create recurring journal formula batches for single reporting currencies or multiple reporting currencies.

Page 72

Page 79: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

5.

Click in the Recurring Batch: Batch field.

6.

Enter the desired information into the Recurring Batch: Batch field. Enter "Training Recurring Journal 01".

7.

Though not selected for this procedure, you can optionally select the Enable Security checkbox to apply Definition Access Set security to your recurring journal formula.

8.

Click the AutoCopy... button.

or Press [Alt+A].

9.

Click the Training Recurring Journal 1 list item.

10.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

11.

Click the Generate button.

or Press [Alt+G].

12.

Click the Submit button.

or Press [Alt+S].

Page 73

Page 80: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

13.

Click in the Period field.

14.

Enter the desired information into the Period field. Enter "Dec-06".

15.

Click the Submit button.

or Press [Alt+S].

16.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

Page 74

Page 81: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

17.

You have completed the Copying Entries from an Existing Recurring Journal Batch procedure.End of Procedure.

Entering a Year-End Closing Journal EntryMany organizations follow specific procedures to generate special journal entries to close and open fiscal years. These closing entries apply to both the income statement and balance sheet. Auditable closing procedures vary considerably, depending on country reporting requirements, generally accepted accounting practices in a country, and organization business needs.

Oracle General Ledger enables you to create actual closing journals for year-end and other closing periods. If your organization has multiple legal entities, you can create closing journals for multiple ledgers simultaneously with ledger sets. You also have added security through data access sets because you can only run the closing journals programs against ledgers you have full read and write access to through your data access set.

In this procedure, you use the Journals page to enter a year-end closing journal entry.

Procedure

Page 75

Page 82: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Journals page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the Journals: Enter link.

Page 76

Page 83: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

4.

Click the New Journal button.

or Press [Alt+J].

5.

Use the Journals page to enter a journal entry.

6.

Before you process year-end closing journals, you should:• Set up the last day of the fiscal year as an adjusting period.• Set up the first day of the new fiscal year as an adjusting period.• Ensure the period you are closing is an Open period.• Complete your routine accounting before the last day of the year.• Post your adjustments and closing entries in the adjusting period.• Define your ledger set if you plan to submit the closing journals programs for multiple ledgers simultaneously.

7.

In the last adjusting period of the fiscal year you want to close, you should:• Run the Create Income Statement Closing Journals process to transfer income statement year-end account balances of your revenue and expense accounts to the retained earnings account.• Run the Create Balance Sheet Closing Journals process to close and zero out the year-to-date balances of all balance sheet accounts: assets, liabilities, and owner'sequity.

Page 77

Page 84: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

8.

In the first adjusting period of your new fiscal year, you should:• Run the Open Period program to open the first period of the new year.• Reverse and post the balance sheet closing journals to reopen those balances. Note: When closing journals, you are closing actual journals. You cannot close budget or encumbrance balances. For more information about closing journals, see the Oracle General Ledger User's Guide.

Step Action

9.

Click in the Journal field.

10.

Enter the desired information into the Journal field. Enter "Training 2007 Year End Close Journal".

11.

Click in the Category field.

Page 78

Page 85: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

12.

Enter the desired information into the Category field. Enter "Year End Close".

13.

Click in the Period field.

14.

Enter the desired information into the Period field. Enter "Dec-2007".

15.

Click in the Effective Date field.

16.

Enter the desired information into the Effective Date field. Enter "31-Dec-2007".

17.

Click in the Line field.

18.

Enter the desired information into the Line field. Enter "1".

19.

Click in the Account field.

20.

Enter the desired information into the Account field. Enter "01-000-1570-0000-000".

21.

Click in the Debit field.

22.

Enter the desired information into the Debit field. Enter "50000".

Page 79

Page 86: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

23.

Click in the Line field.

24.

Enter the desired information into the Account field. Enter "01-000-1110-0000-000".

25.

Click in the Credit field.

26.

Enter the desired information into the Credit field. Enter "50000".

27.

Click the Save button.

28.

You have completed the Creating Year-End Closing Journal Entry procedure.End of Procedure.

Creating Standard Recurring Journal Entry LinesYou can define an unlimited number of journal entry lines for each recurring journal entry. The journal entry lines specify the accounts to update with the recurring journals. Each line also contains the amount to post to the designated account, or a formula to calculate the journal amounts.

In this procedure, you will use the Define Recurring Journal Formula page to enter recurring journal lines for a journal batch.

Procedure

Page 80

Page 87: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Define Recurring Journal Formula page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the Journals: Define: Recurring link.

4.

Use the Define Recurring Journal Formula page to define a recurring journal entry.

Page 81

Page 88: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

5.

Click the Find... button.

6.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

7.

Click the Lines button.

or Press [Alt+n].

8.

The number you enter in the Line field sets the order of your recurring journal entry lines. You canindicate an automatic offsetting line for your recurring journal entry by entering the line number 9999.

See the Oracle General Ledger User's Guide for more information regarding automatic formatting.

Page 82

Page 89: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

9.

Click in the Line field.

10.

Enter the desired information into the Line field. Enter "2".

11.

In the Account field, you enter the account you want Oracle General Ledger to update when you generate and post your recurring journals.

12.

Click in the Account field.

13.

Enter the desired information into the Account field. Enter "01-000-1120-0000-000".

Page 83

Page 90: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

14.

When entering formula information, note that there are two types of factors associated with formula entries you can use:

• A fixed amount• A specific account. You can use standard, end-of-day, or average balances in your formula lines.

15.

You enter a step number in the Step field to specify the order in which you want to process the steps in your formula.

Each formula can contain an unlimited number of steps.

16.

Click in the Step field.

17.

Enter the desired information into the Formula: Step Number field. Enter "1".

18.

Click in the Amount field.

19.

Enter the desired information into the Amount field. Enter "1500".

20.

Click in the Account field.

21.

Enter the desired information into the Formula: Account field. Enter "01-000-1120-0000-000".

22.

Click the Save button.

23.

You have completed the Creating Standard Recurring Journal Entry Lines procedure.End of Procedure.

Page 84

Page 91: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Correcting Batch Posting ErrorsYou need read and write access to the ledger or read and write access to all the balancing segment values or management segment values in the journal batch to make corrections to the journal batch.

When you correct the error, the error status and error number do not change until you post the batch. If you eliminate all your errors, the status changes to Posted after the batch is successfully posted.

In this topic, you will correct batch posting errors.

Procedure

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Post Journals page.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

Page 85

Page 92: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

3.

Click the Journals: Post link.

4.

The Find Journal Batches page enables you to find journal batches based on specific search criteria.

Step Action

5.

Click in the Period field.

6.

Enter the desired information into the Period field. Enter "Oct-07".

7.

Click in the Batch field.

8.

Enter the desired information into the Batch field. Enter "Purchase of Assets : Furniture and Vehicles".

Page 86

Page 93: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

9.

Click the Find button.

or Press [Alt+i].

10.

The Post Journals page enables you to view and post the batch.

Step Action

11.

Click the Selected for Posting option.

12.

Click the Post button.

Page 87

Page 94: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

or Press [Alt+P].

13.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

Step Action

14.

Click the View menu.

or Press [Alt+V].

15.

Click the Requests menu.

Page 88

Page 95: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

or Press [R].

16.

The Find Requests page enables you to search for requests based on specific search criteria.

Step Action

17.

Click the Specific Requests option.

18.

Click in the Request ID field.

19.

Enter the desired information into the Request ID field. Enter "5176815".

Page 89

Page 96: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

20.

Click the Find button.

or Press [Alt+i].

21.

The Requests page enables you to view details your request, and you can also access the View Details, View Output, Diagnostics, and View Log pages.

Step Action

22.

Click the View Output button.

or Press [Alt+p].

Page 90

Page 97: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

23.

The output is generated in a webpage.

Step Action

24.

Click the Close button.

Page 91

Page 98: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

25.

Click the File menu.

or Press [Alt+F].

26.

Click the Close Form menu.

or Press [C].

Page 92

Page 99: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

27.

Click the File menu.

or Press [Alt+F].

28.

Click the Close Form menu.

or Press [C].

Page 93

Page 100: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

29.

Click the Open button.

or Press [Alt+O].

30.

Notice the Journals section is expanded.

31.

Click the Open button.

or Press [Alt+O].

32.

The Find Journals page enables you to search for journals based on specific search criteria.

Page 94

Page 101: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

33.

Enter the desired information into the Batch field. Enter "Purchase of Assets : Furniture and Vehicles".

34.

Click the Find button.

or Press [Alt+i].

35.

The Enter Journals page enables you to view details of journal entries, and access the Review Journal, Review Batch, New Journal, New Batch pages.

Page 95

Page 102: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

36.

Click the Review Journal button.

or Press [Alt+u].

37.

The Journals page enables you to enter all journal entries in a batch in the same period.

You can create a journal batch for any Open or Future Enterable accounting period, but you can only post batches in Open accounting periods.

Page 96

Page 103: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

38.

Click in the Control Total field.

39.

Enter the desired information into the Control Total field. Enter "20000".

40.

Click the Save button.

41.

Click the Post button.

or Press [Alt+P].

42.

Click the OK button.

Page 97

Page 104: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

or Press [Alt+O].

43.

Click the View menu.

or Press [Alt+V].

44.

Click the Requests menu.

or Press [R].

Step Action

45.

Click the Specific Requests option.

Page 98

Page 105: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

46.

Click in the Request ID field.

47.

Enter the desired information into the Request ID field. Enter "5176819".

48.

Click the Find button.

or Press [Alt+i].

Step Action

49.

Click the View Output button.

Page 99

Page 106: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

or Press [Alt+p].

50.

You have completed the Correcting Batch Posting Errors procedure.End of Procedure.

Posting Journal Batches Automatically (AutoPost)You can automatically post journal batches that meet specific criteria that you defined in an AutoPost criteria set. You can define multiple criteria sets that include a range of journal effective dates and multiple AutoPost priorities. AutoPost priorities include combinations of ledger or ledger set, journal source, journal category, balance type, and period.

Once you define an AutoPost criteria set, run the AutoPost program to select and post any journal batches that meet the criteria defined by the criteria set. You can also schedule the AutoPost program to run at specific times and submission intervals.

In this topic, you will post journal batches automatically.

Procedure

Page 100

Page 107: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Autopost page.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Setup: Journal: AutoPost link.

5.

The AutoPost page enables you to define an AutoPost criteria set and run the AutoPost program to select, and post any journal batches that meet the criteria defined by the criteria set. You can alsoschedule the AutoPost program to run at specific times and submission intervals.

Page 101

Page 108: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

6.

Click in the Criteria Set field.

7.

Enter the desired information into the Criteria Set field. Enter "Criteria Set : Source : Manual".

8.

Click in the Description field.

9.

Enter the desired information into the Description field. Enter "Criteria Set where Journal Source is Manual".

10.

Click in the Priority field.

11.

Enter the desired information into the Priority field. Enter "1".

Page 102

Page 109: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

12.

Click in the Ledger/Ledger Set field.

13.

Enter the desired information into the Ledger/Ledger Set field. Enter "Vision Operations (USA)".

14.

Click in the Source field.

15.

Enter the desired information into the Source field. Enter "Manual".

16.

Click in the Category field.

17.

Enter the desired information into the Category field. Enter "Adjustment".

18.

Click in the Period field.

19.

Enter the desired information into the Period field. Enter "Sep-07".

20.

Click the Save button.

21.

Click the Submit button.

or Press [Alt+u].

Page 103

Page 110: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

22.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

23.

Click the View menu.

or Press [Alt+V].

24.

Click the Requests menu.

or Press [R].

25.

The Find Requests page enables you to search for requests based on specific search criteria.

Page 104

Page 111: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

26.

Click the Specific Requests option.

27.

Click in the Request ID field.

28.

Enter the desired information into the Request ID field. Enter "5176854".

29.

Click the Find button.

or Press [Alt+i].

30.

The Requests page enables you to view details of your request, and to access the View Details, View Output, Diagnostics, and View Log pages.

Page 105

Page 112: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

31.

Click the View Output button.

or Press [Alt+p].

32.

You have completed the Posting Journal Batches Automatically (AutoPost) procedure.End of Procedure.

Reversing JournalsUse reversing journal entries to reverse accruals, estimates, errors, or temporary adjustments and reclassifications.

Assign a reversal period and, if average balances is enabled, a reversal effective date to a journal entry if you want to generate a reversing entry from the Enter Journals page, or later from the Reverse Journals page. You can enter a reversal period and effective date at any time, even after

Page 106

Page 113: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

the journal is posted. However, you cannot reverse batches and journals that you have already reversed.

You can also reverse a journal or batch from the Enter Journals page, even if you have not assigned a reversal period and effective date.

In this topic, you will reverse journals.

Procedure

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to Journal Entry page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the Journals: Enter link.

Page 107

Page 114: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

4.

Use the Find Journals page to search for an existing or an unposted journal.

Step Action

5.

Click in the Batch field.

6.

Enter the desired information into the Batch field. Enter "Accrued Expenses 02-DEC-2007 23:01:21".

7.

Click the Find button.

or Press [Alt+i].

Page 108

Page 115: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

8.

Click the Review Journal button.

or Press [Alt+u].

9.

Use the Review Journal page to review the journal entry information and reverse the journal entry period.

Page 109

Page 116: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

10.

Click in the Reverse: Period field.

11.

Enter the Period for the reversing entry. If the average balances option is enabled, you must also enter the effective date.Enter the desired information into the Reverse: Period field. Enter "Nov-07".

12.

Click the Reverse button.

or Press [Alt+R].

13.

Click the Yes button.

or Press [Alt+Y].

Page 110

Page 117: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

14.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

15.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

16.

Click the View menu.

or Press [Alt+V].

17.

Click the Requests menu.

or Press [R].

18.

Use the Find Requests page to search and view the requests that you have submitted.

Page 111

Page 118: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

19.

Click the Specific Requests option.

20.

Click in the Request ID field.

21.

Enter the Request ID that you have submitted.Enter the desired information into the Request ID field. Enter "5177803".

22.

Click the Find button.

or Press [Alt+i].

23.

You have reversed journals.End of Procedure.

Page 112

Page 119: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Generating Reversing Journal BatchesYou can generate reversing entries from the Enter Journals page, or you can use the Reverse Journals page to reverse any unreversed journals. The unreversed journals must have an assigned reversing period and reversal method. Also, if average balances are enabled, the unreversed journals must have an assigned reversing effective date.

You can reverse a single journal or an entire batch from the Enter Journals page. You can even reverse a journal entry or batch if you have not assigned it a reversal period and, if average balances are enabled, a reversal effective date.

In this topic, you will generate reversing journal batches.

Procedure

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to Reverse Journals page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

Page 113

Page 120: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the Generate: Reversal link.

4.

Use the Find Journals page to search for an existing or an unposted journal.

Step Action

5.

Click in the Ledger field.

6.

You must post the journal in the ledger before you can reverse the journal.Enter the desired information into the Ledger field. Enter "Vision Operations (USA)".

7.

Click in the Batch field.

Page 114

Page 121: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

8.

Enter the desired information into the Batch field. Enter "Expense Provisioning".

9.

Click the Find button.

or Press [Alt+i].

10.

Use the Reverse Journals page to generate unposted reversal batches for each entry.

Step Action

11.

Select the batch you want to reverse.Click the Selected for Reversal option.

Page 115

Page 122: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

12.

Click the Selected for Reversal option.

13.

Use the Reverse button to generate unposted reversal batches for each entry.Click the Reverse button.

or Press [Alt+R].

14.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

Page 116

Page 123: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

15.

Click the View menu.

or Press [Alt+V].

16.

Click the Requests menu.

or Press [R].

17.

Use the Find Requests page to search and view the requests that you have submitted.

Page 117

Page 124: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

18.

Click the Specific Requests option.

19.

Enter the Request ID that you have submitted.Enter the desired information into the Request ID field. Enter "5177841".

20.

Click the Find button.

or Press [Alt+i].

Step Action

21.

Click the Find... button.

Page 118

Page 125: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

22.

Click in the Request ID field.

23.

Enter the desired information into the Request ID field. Enter "5177842".

24.

Click the Find button.

or Press [Alt+i].

25.

You have generated reversing journal batches.End of Procedure.

Page 119

Page 126: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Enabling Journal Line ReconciliationGeneral Ledger Entry Reconciliation enables you reconcile transactions in General Ledger accounts that should balance to zero, such as a VAT control account. You can enable reconciliation either for natural account segment values or for complete accounting code combinations.

In this procedure, you will use the Accounting Setup Manager page to enable journal line reconciliation.

Procedure

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Accounting Setup Manager page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

Page 120

Page 127: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Accounting Setups link.

5.

In the Accounting Setup Manager page, you can search and review the accounting options for the ledgers defined in your organization.

Step Action

6.

Click in the Search criteria field.

7.

Enter the desired information into the Search criteria field. Enter "Vision Belgium".

8.

Click the Go button.

Page 121

Page 128: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

9.

Click the Update Accounting Options button.

Step Action

10.

Click the Update button.

Page 122

Page 129: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

11.

Click the Next button.

Page 123

Page 130: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

12.

Click the Next button.

13.

With General Ledger Entry Reconciliation, you can selectively cross-reference transactions in Oracle General Ledger with each other by entering reconciliation reference information at the journal line level.

When the balance for a group of transactions is zero, you can mark the transactions as reconciled. You can perform account reconciliation automatically with the General Ledger Automatic Reconciliation report, or manually in the reconciliation Lines window.

Page 124

Page 131: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

14.

Click the Enable Journal Reconciliation option.

15.

Click the Finish button.

16.

You have completed the Enabling Journal Line Reconciliation procedure.End of Procedure.

Entering Reconciliation ReferencesYou can enter a reconciliation reference for a journal line with an account that has reconciliation enabled. Use the Reconciliation Reference column in the Journals page to enter reconciliation references. Enter the same reconciliation reference for all the transactions that you want to group together in one reconciliation.

Alternatively, use the Reconciliation Reference at the journal header level under the Other Information tab in the Journals page to apply the same reference to all journal lines that include a reconciliation account.

Page 125

Page 132: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

You can also import reconciliation references from Subledger Accounting.

In this topic, you will enter reconciliation references.

Procedure

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to Journal Entry page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the Journals: Enter link.

Page 126

Page 133: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

4.

Use the Find Journals page to search for an existing, unposted journal and click the Review Journals button.

Click the New Journals button to open a enter journal. The Journals page appears.

Step Action

5.

Click the New Journal button.

or Press [Alt+J].

6.

Use the Journals New page to query or enter the journal lines that you want.

Page 127

Page 134: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

7.

Enter the desired information into the Journal field. Enter "Assets Purchased - Not Capitalized".

8.

Click in the Description field.

9.

Enter the desired information into the Description field. Enter "Assets Purchased but not capitalized, temporarily booked in Assets clearing acc".

10.

Click in the Line field.

11.

Enter the desired information into the Line field. Enter "10".

12.

Click in the Account field.

Page 128

Page 135: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

13.

Enter the desired information into the Account field. Enter "01-000-1970-0000-000".

14.

Click in the Debit field.

15.

Enter the desired information into the Debit field. Enter "15000".

16.

Click the horizontal scrollbar.

17.

Click in the Reconciliation Reference field.

18.

Enter the value in the Reconciliation Reference field to assign to all lines in the Journal Entry that are for reconciliation accounts.Enter the desired information into the Reconciliation Reference field. Enter "ABC".

19.

Click the horizontal scrollbar.

20.

Click in the Line field.

21.

Enter the desired information into the Account field. Enter "01-000-1110-0000-000".

22.

Click in the Credit field.

23.

Enter the desired information into the Credit field. Enter "15000".

Page 129

Page 136: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

24.

Click the Save button.

25.

You have entered reconciliation references.End of Procedure.

Using Automatic Journal SchedulingAutomatic Journal Scheduling lets you generate Recurring Journals, AutoAllocation sets, MassAllocations, MassBudgets, and Budget Formulas according to a schedule you define. For example, you can schedule the same journal and allocation sets to be generated every month as part of your month-end closing procedures.

In this topic, you will use automatic journal scheduling.

Procedure

Page 130

Page 137: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Define Recurring Journal Formula page.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the Journals: Define: Recurring link.

4.

The Define Recurring Journal Formula page enables you to define recurring journal formula for transactions that have a common format or that you enter frequently. You can also create recurring journal formulas to create allocation entries.

Step Action

5.

Click the View menu.

or Press [Alt+V].

Page 131

Page 138: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

6.

Click the Query By Example list.

7.

Click the Enter menu.

or Press [E].

8.

Enter the desired information into the Recurring Batch: Batch field. Enter "Rent Expenses - Provision".

9.

Click the View menu.

or Press [Alt+V].

10.

Click the Query By Example list.

11.

Click the Run menu.

or Press [R].

12.

Click the Generate button.

or Press [Alt+G].

13.

Click the Schedule button.

or Press [Alt+h].

14.

The Recurring Journal Parameters page enables you to enter parameters for recurring journals.

Page 132

Page 139: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

15.

Click in the Period field.

16.

Enter the desired information into the Period field. Enter "Oct-07".

17.

Click the Schedule button.

or Press [Alt+c].

18.

The Submit Request page enables you to enter the name, parameters, language, and other details of the request you want to submit.

Page 133

Page 140: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

19.

Click the Schedule... button.

or Press [Alt+d].

20.

The Schedule page enables you to create, view, and modify the schedule to run the request.

Page 134

Page 141: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

21.

Click the On Specific Days option.

22.

Click in the End At field.

23.

Enter the desired information into the End At field. Enter "10-DEC-2008 23:00:00".

24.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

Page 135

Page 142: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

25.

Click the Submit button.

or Press [Alt+m].

26.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

Page 136

Page 143: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

27.

Click the View menu.

or Press [Alt+V].

28.

Click the Requests menu.

or Press [R].

29.

The Find Requests page enables you to search for requests based on specific search criteria.

Page 137

Page 144: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

30.

Click the Specific Requests option.

31.

Click in the Request ID field.

32.

Enter the desired information into the Request ID field. Enter "5179684".

33.

Click the Find button.

or Press [Alt+i].

34.

The Requests page enables you to view details of your request, and access the View Details, View Output, Diagnostics, and View Log pages.

Page 138

Page 145: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

35.

Click the View Details... button.

or Press [Alt+s].

36.

You have completed the Using Automatic Journal Scheduling procedure.End of Procedure.

Adding Attachments to a Journal EntryThe Attachments feature enables you to link objects, such as images and spreadsheets to General Ledger data. For example, you can attach spreadsheets to journal entries to support how the values for a journal were derived. The attachment will be linked to the journal entry, and can be viewed with the journal in the Enter Journals page.

In this procedure, you will use the Enter Journals page to enter journal lines and add an attachment.

Page 139

Page 146: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Procedure

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Enter Journals page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the Journals: Enter link.

Page 140

Page 147: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

3.

Click the New Journal button.

or Press [Alt+J].

4.

Use the Journals page to edit journal entries. One type of edit is to add an attachment to the journal entry.

Page 141

Page 148: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

5.

Click in the Line field.

6.

Note: This procedure assumes that you already entered the journal header information.

7.

When you are actively updating journal lines, the Attachments button is disabled.

8.

Enter the desired information into the Line field. Enter "10".

9.

Click in the Account field.

10.

Enter the desired information into the Account field. Enter "01-130-1110-0000-000".

Page 142

Page 149: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

11.

Enter the desired information into the Debit field. Enter "500.00".

12.

Click in the Line field.

13.

Click in the Account field.

14.

Enter the desired information into the Account field. Enter "01-000-2225-0000-000".

15.

Click in the Credit field.

16.

Enter the desired information into the Credit field. Enter "450.00".

17.

Before you add an attachment, you must post any active journal lines.

18.

Click the Post button.

or Press [Alt+P].

19.

Click the Yes button.

or Press [Alt+Y].

20.

Click the Yes button.

Page 143

Page 150: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

or Press [Alt+Y].

21.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

22.

Click the Attachments... button.

23.

In the Attachments page, you can specify a document sequence number, category, or description.

After you specify the attachment details, you use the Source tab to add the attachment.

Page 144

Page 151: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

24.

Enter the desired information into the Sequence field. Enter "10".

25.

Click in the Category field.

26.

Enter the desired information into the Category field. Enter "Journal".

27.

Click the Source tab.

28.

Click in the Data Type field.

29.

Enter the desired information into the Data Type field. Enter "File".

30.

Click in the File or URL field.

31.

When you click the File or URL field in the Attachments page, the system automatically opens the File Upload page.

You use the File Upload page to select the file you want to attach.

Page 145

Page 152: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

32.

Browse and select the file you want to attach.Click the Browse... button.

Page 146

Page 153: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

33.

Click the Submit button.

34.

The Confirmation page verifies that your document has been uploaded successfully.

Page 147

Page 154: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

35.

Click the Yes button.

or Press [Alt+Y].

36.

Your attachment name displays in the File or URL field.

37.

You have completed the Adding Attachments to a Journal Entry procedure.End of Procedure.

Checking or Reserving Funds for a Journal BatchIf you are using budgetary control, you can check, reserve, or unreserve funds for individual journal entries or a journal batch. Funds are checked or reserved for the entire batch, whether you perform the fund check or reservation at the journal or batch level.

Page 148

Page 155: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

In this topic, you will check or reserve funds for a journal batch.

Procedure

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Enter Journals page.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the Journals: Enter link.

4.

The Find Journals page enables you to search for journals based on specific search criteria.

Page 149

Page 156: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

5.

Click the New Batch button.

or Press [Alt+B].

6.

The Batch page enables you to create, view, and modify a batch.

A batch can contain multiple journals, each of which can belong to a different ledger. However, all the ledgers within a batch must have the same calendar, period type, and chart of accounts.

Page 150

Page 157: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

7.

Enter the desired information into the Batch field. Enter "Health & Welfare Expenses for Sep-07".

8.

Click in the Period field.

9.

Enter the desired information into the Period field. Enter "Sep-07".

10.

Click the Journals button.

or Press [Alt+J].

11.

The Journals page enables you to enter all journal entries in a batch in the same period.

You can create a journal batch for any Open or Future Enterable accounting period, but you can only post batches in Open accounting periods.

Page 151

Page 158: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

12.

Enter the desired information into the Journal field. Enter "Health & Welfare Expenses".

13.

Click in the Description field.

14.

Enter the desired information into the Description field. Enter "Health & Welfare Expenses for Sep-07".

15.

Click in the Line field.

16.

Enter the desired information into the Line field. Enter "10".

Page 152

Page 159: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

17.

Click in the Account field.

18.

Enter the desired information into the Account field. Enter "01-760-6140-0000-000".

19.

Click in the Debit field.

20.

Enter the desired information into the Debit field. Enter "10000".

21.

Click in the Line field.

22.

Enter the desired information into the Account field. Enter "01-760-2410-0000-000".

23.

Click in the Credit field.

24.

Enter the desired information into the Credit field. Enter "10000".

25.

Click in the Line field.

26.

Click the Save button.

27.

Click the Check Funds button.

Page 153

Page 160: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

or Press [Alt+k].

28.

The Note page indicates that your transaction has passed a funds check.

29.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

Step Action

30.

Click the Reserve Funds button.

or Press [Alt+n].

Page 154

Page 161: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

31.

The Note page indicates that your transaction has passed funds reservation.

32.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

33.

You have completed the Checking or Reserving Funds for a Journal Batch procedure.End of Procedure.

Page 155

Page 162: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Online InquiriesOnline Inquiries includes information on account inquiries, journal entry inquiries, subledger detail, viewing T-Accounts, budget inquiries, reviewing budget balances in a master budget inquiry, and processing consolidated balance inquiries.

Upon completion of this lesson, you will be able to:• Perform account inquiries.• Perform journal entry inquiries.• Drill down to subledger detail.• View T-Accounts.• Perform budget inquiries.• Review budget balances in a master budget inquiry.• Process consolidated balance inquiries.

Performing Account InquiriesYou can perform an account inquiry to view actual, budget, and encumbrance account balances for summary and detail accounts. You can also compute variances between two balance types, for both summary and detail accounts when querying on balances for a specific ledger.

You can also view account balances for multiple ledgers, journal and subledger transaction information. You can also view journal entries that comprise your account balances and drill down Subledger Accounting and subledger transactions.

In this topic, you will perform an account inquiry.

Procedure

Page 156

Page 163: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Account Inquiry page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Inquiry: Account link.

Page 157

Page 164: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

5.

Double-click the Inquiry list item.

6.

Double-click the Account list item.

7.

The Account Inquiry page enables you to perform an account inquiry to view actual, budget, and encumbrance account balances for summary and detail accounts.

Page 158

Page 165: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

8.

Specify a ledger or a reporting currency. Your data access set must provide read access to at least one balancing segment value or management segment value to view balances for a ledger.Click in the Name field.

9.

Enter the desired information into the Name field. Enter "Vision Operations (USA)".

10.

Click in the Accounting Periods: From field.

11.

Enter the desired information into the Accounting Periods: From field. Enter "Jan-03".

12.

Click in the Accounting Periods: To field.

Page 159

Page 166: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

13.

Enter the desired information into the Accounting Periods: To field. Enter "Dec-03".

14.

Specify the currency type to include in the inquiry using:

• Total to view the cumulative ledger currency balances.• Entered and specify a currency in the Entered field to only view balances that were entered in a specific currency.• Statistical to only view balances entered using the Statistical currency.

15.

Click the Currency Option list.

Step Action

16.

Click the Entered list item.

Page 160

Page 167: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

17.

Click in the Entered field.

18.

Enter the desired information into the Entered field. Enter "USD".

19.

Click in the Accounts: Drilldown Record Indicator field.

20.

The Find Accounts page enables you to search for an account.

21.

Click in the Company: Low field.

Page 161

Page 168: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

22.

Enter the desired information into the Company: Low field. Enter "03".

23.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

24.

Click the Show Journal Details button.

or Press [Alt+J].

25.

The Journals page displays the journal entry activity for the current account based on your inquiry criteria.

Page 162

Page 169: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

26.

Click the Drilldown button.

or Press [Alt+D].

27.

The Consolidation Drilldown page displays information about the subsidiary balance that was consolidated to the parent.

Step Action

28.

Click the Close button.

Page 163

Page 170: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

29.

Click the Show Full Journal button.

or Press [Alt+J].

Page 164

Page 171: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

30.

Click the Close button.

Page 165

Page 172: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

31.

Click the Detail Balances button.

or Press [Alt+B].

32.

The Detail Balances page displays the detail balances for the selected journal.

33.

Click the Summary Balances button.

or Press [Alt+S].

34.

The Summary Balances page displays the summary accounts into which the detail account rolls up.

Page 166

Page 173: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

35.

Click the Close button.

Step Action

36.

Click the Close button.

37.

You have completed the Performing Account Inquiries procedure.End of Procedure.

Performing Journal Entry InquiriesYou can perform an inquiry using the Find Journals page to obtain information about actual, budget, or encumbrance journal entry batches for a ledger.

Page 167

Page 174: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

In this topic, you will perform journal entry inquiries.

Procedure

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Find Journals page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

Page 168

Page 175: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

Page 169

Page 176: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

4.

Click the Inquiry: Journal link.

5.

Use the Find Journals page to find journal batches and journal entries. General Ledger displays search results in either the Journal Entry Inquiry or Enter Journals page, depending on how you navigated to the Find Journals page.

Your search results include information about actual, budget, or encumbrance journal entry batches for a ledger.

Page 170

Page 177: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

6.

Click in the Batch field.

7.

Click the Find button.

or Press [Alt+i].

8.

The Journal Entry Inquiry page displays journal batches or journals that meet your query criteria in the Find Journals page.

Page 171

Page 178: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

9.

Click in the Batch Status field.

10.

Click the Review Journal button.

or Press [Alt+u].

11.

The Journals page displays detailed information about the selected journal.

Page 172

Page 179: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

12.

Click the Close button.

Page 173

Page 180: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

13.

Click the Review Batch button.

or Press [Alt+c].

14.

The Batch page displays detailed information on the selected batch in the Journal Entry Inquiry page.

Page 174

Page 181: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

15.

You can click Journals to go back to the Journals page.Click the Journals button.

or Press [Alt+J].

Page 175

Page 182: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

16.

Click the Close button.

Page 176

Page 183: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

17.

Click the Close button.

Page 177

Page 184: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

18.

Click the Close button.

19.

You have completed the Performing Journal Entry Inquiries procedure.End of Procedure.

Drilling Down to Subledger DetailsWhen you perform an account or journal inquiry in General Ledger, you can drill down to view transaction-level detail if the transactions originated in an Oracle subledger application that uses Oracle Subledger Accounting (SLA).

In this topic, you will drill down to subledger details.

Procedure

Page 178

Page 185: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Account Balances page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Inquiry:Acct Analysis-Drilldown link.

5.

The Account Balances page enables you to search and view account balances in the ledgers.

Page 179

Page 186: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

6.

Click in the Account From field.

Page 180

Page 187: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

7.

Enter the desired information into the Account From field. Enter "01-000-1110-0000-000".

Page 181

Page 188: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

8.

Click in the Account To field.

Page 182

Page 189: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

9.

Enter the desired information into the Account To field. Enter "01-000-1110-0000-000".

Page 183

Page 190: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

10.

Click the Currency Type list.

Page 184

Page 191: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

11.

Click the Entered list item.

Page 185

Page 192: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

12.

Click in the Currency field.

Page 186

Page 193: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

13.

Enter the desired information into the Currency field. Enter "USD".

Page 187

Page 194: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

14.

Click in the Period From field.

Page 188

Page 195: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

15.

Enter the desired information into the Period From field. Enter "Sep-07".

Page 189

Page 196: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

16.

Click in the Period To field.

Page 190

Page 197: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

17.

Enter the desired information into the Period To field. Enter "Dec-07".

Page 191

Page 198: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

18.

Click the Go button.

Page 192

Page 199: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

19.

Click the 7,878,350.08 link.

20.

All the journal entries display for the account you specified.

Page 193

Page 200: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

21.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

Page 194

Page 201: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

22.

Click the Return to Account Balances link.

Page 195

Page 202: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

23.

You can view a summary of the accounts in the selected ledger.Click the Summary Accounts button.

Page 196

Page 203: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

24.

Click the 01-000-1000-T-T link.

Page 197

Page 204: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

25.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

Page 198

Page 205: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

26.

Click the Return to Summary Balances link.

Page 199

Page 206: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

27.

Click the Return to Account Balances link.

28.

You have completed the Drilling Down to Subledger Details procedure.End of Procedure.

Viewing T-AccountsUse the T Accounts page to view General Ledger journals or subledger accounting entries in a graphical T-account format, displayed in the T Accounts page. The system displays information such as the account, the activity detail, the net activity for the entry, and the account balance.

You can also choose to view journals or subledger accounting entries as an activity summary report, displayed in the Activity Summary page. The page displays information such as the account, the net activity for the entry, and the account balance.T-accounts can be accessed from General Ledger, the Enter Journals, Journals, and Journal Entry Inquiry pages.

T-accounts can also be accessed by an account inquiry, by first drilling down to the Journals page.

Page 200

Page 207: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

In this topic, you will view T-Accounts using the T Accounts page.

Procedure

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Journals Entry Inquiry page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Inquiry: Journal link.

Page 201

Page 208: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

5.

The Find Journals page enables you to find journal batches and journal entries. General Ledger displays search results in either the Journal Entry Inquiry or Enter Journalspage, depending on your navigation to the Find Journals page.

Step Action

6.

Click in the Batch field.

7.

Click the Find button.

or Press [Alt+i].

8.

The Journal Entry Inquiry page displays journal batches and journal entries.

Page 202

Page 209: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

9.

Click in the Batch Status field.

10.

Click the Review Journal button.

or Press [Alt+u].

11.

The Journals page displays detailed information about the selected journal.

Page 203

Page 210: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

12.

Click the T Accounts... button.

or Press [Alt+c].

13.

The T Accounts page displays General Ledger journals or subledger accounting entries in a graphical T-account format. The system displays information such as the account, the activity detail, the net activity for the entry, and the account balance.

Page 204

Page 211: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

14.

Click the Activity Summary button.

or Press [Alt+m].

15.

The Activity Summary page displays information such as the account, the net activity for the entry, and the account balances for journal or subledger entries.

Page 205

Page 212: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

16.

Click the Close button.

17.

You can click the Options button and specify the default page that will open the next time you want to view T-accounts.

For example, you can view T-Accounts by full accounting flexfield or by segment. You can also choose whether account balances should be displayed.

18.

The Options page enables you to specify the display options and the default window that will open the next time you view T-accounts.

Page 206

Page 213: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

19.

Click the Close button.

20.

You have completed the Viewing T-Accounts procedure.End of Procedure.

Performing Budget InquiriesYou can perform online inquiries about your master and detail budgets. General Ledger compares summary balances between your master and detail budgets, and checks for budget variances and violations. In addition, you can drill down from summarybalances to detail account balances, and then to budget journal details.

In this topic, you will perform a budget inquiry.

Procedure

Page 207

Page 214: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Budget Inquiry page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Inquiry: Budget link.

5.

The Budget Inquiry page enables you to perform online inquiries about your master and detail budgets.

Page 208

Page 215: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

6.

Enter the Ledger and Budget you want to review. You can enter a master budget, detail budget, or a budget not associated with a master-detail relationship. However, you must enter a budget which has at least one open budget year.Click in the Ledger field.

7.

Enter the desired information into the Ledger field. Enter "Vision Operations (USA)".

8.

Click in the Budget field.

9.

Enter the desired information into the Budget field. Enter "Bis Corporate".

10.

Click in the Accounting Periods: From field.

11.

Enter the desired information into the Accounting Periods: From field. Enter "Jan-01".

Page 209

Page 216: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

12.

Click in the Accounting Periods: To field.

13.

Enter the desired information into the Accounting Periods: To field. Enter "Dec-01".

14.

Click in the Summary Accounts drop-down field.

15.

The Find Accounts page enables you to search for an account.

16.

Click in the Company: Low field.

17.

Enter the desired information into the Company: Low field. Enter "01".

18.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

19.

Click in the Summary Accounts field.

20.

Click the Show Balances button.

or Press [Alt+B].

21.

The Budget Balances page displays summary balances for the master budget.

Page 210

Page 217: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

22.

Click the Close button.

23.

You have completed the Performing Budget Inquiries procedure.End of Procedure.

Reviewing Budget Balance in a Master BudgetWhen you perform an inquiry on a master budget, you can view summary balances for the master budget and drill down to the detail balances. You can also see master and detail budgets together, or show only those periods for which the sum of the detail budget balances exceeds the master budget balance.

In this topic, you will review budget balances in a master budget.

Page 211

Page 218: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Procedure

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Budget Inquiry page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Inquiry: Budget link.

5.

The Budget Inquiry page enables you to review the budget balances.

Enter your budget inquiry criteria, specifying a master budget.

Page 212

Page 219: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

6.

Click in the Ledger field.

7.

Enter the desired information into the Ledger field. Enter "Vision Operations (USA)".

8.

Click in the Budget field.

9.

Enter the desired information into the Budget field. Enter "Bis Corporate".

10.

Click in the Accounting Periods: From field.

11.

Enter the desired information into the Accounting Periods: From field. Enter "Jan-01".

Page 213

Page 220: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

12.

Click in the Accounting Periods: To field.

13.

Enter the desired information into the Accounting Periods: To field. Enter "Dec-01".

14.

Click in the Summary Accounts drop-down field.

15.

The Find Accounts page enables you to search for your account.

16.

Click in the Company: Low field.

17.

Enter the desired information into the Company: Low field. Enter "01".

18.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

19.

Click in the Summary Accounts field.

20.

Click the Show Balances button.

or Press [Alt+B].

21.

The Budget Balances page displays the period-to-date (PTD) Master Balance for every period in the inquiryrange, for the master budget and summary account you specified.

Page 214

Page 221: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

22.

Click in the Period field.

23.

Click the Detail Accounts button to review the budget balances for the detail accounts that roll up into the summary account for the selected period.Click the Detail Accounts button.

or Press [Alt+D].

24.

Click the Summary Balances button.

or Press [Alt+S].

Page 215

Page 222: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

25.

Click the Close button.

26.

You have completed the Reviewing Budget Balance in a Master Budget procedure.End of Procedure.

Processing Consolidated Balance InquiriesFrom your consolidated parent ledger, you can drill down to account balances, subsidiary ledger, subsidiary ledger entries and details, review consolidation journal entries and review subsidiary account balances.

In this topic, you will perform consolidated balance inquiries.

Procedure

Page 216

Page 223: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Account Inquiry page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Inquiry: Account link.

Step Action

5.

Double-click the Inquiry list item.

6.

Double-click the Account list item.

Page 217

Page 224: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

7.

The Account Inquiry page enables you to perform an account inquiry to view actual, budget, and encumbrance account balancesfor summary and detail accounts.

Step Action

8.

Click in the Accounting Periods: From field.

9.

Enter the desired information into the Accounting Periods: From field. Enter "Jan-03".

10.

Click in the Accounting Periods: To field.

11.

Enter the desired information into the Accounting Periods: To field. Enter "Dec-03".

Page 218

Page 225: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

12.

Click the Currency Option list.

Step Action

13.

Click the Entered list item.

Page 219

Page 226: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

14.

Click in the Entered field.

15.

Enter the desired information into the Entered field. Enter "USD".

16.

Click in the Accounts: Drilldown Record Indicator field.

17.

The Find Accounts page enables you to search for an account.

18.

Click in the Company: Low field.

Page 220

Page 227: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

19.

Enter the desired information into the Company: Low field. Enter "03".

20.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

21.

Choose the Show Journal Details button to drill down to the Journals page.Click the Show Journal Details button.

or Press [Alt+J].

22.

The Journals page displays the journal entry activity for the current account based on your inquiry criteria.

Page 221

Page 228: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

23.

Click the Detail Balances button.

or Press [Alt+B].

24.

The Detail Balances page displays the detail balance for the selected journal entry.

25.

Click the Close button.

26.

You have completed the Processing Consolidated Balance Inquiries procedure.End of Procedure.

Page 222

Page 229: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Defining BudgetsDefining Budgets includes information budget creation, management, and budget periods.

Upon completion of this lesson, you will be able to:• Define budgets.• Assign a budget period.• Open a budget period.• Copy budget amounts from an existing budget.

Defining BudgetsThe Define Budgets page enables you to create a budget to represent a collection of estimated amounts for a range of accounting periods. You can use AutoCopy to create a new budget from an existing budget. You can create budget hierarchies by assigning lower-level budgets to a master budget. This enables you to track budgeted amounts against your control budget.

In this topic, you will define budgets.

Procedure

Page 223

Page 230: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Define Budget page.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Budget: Define: Budget link.

5.

The Define Budget page enables you to create or copy budgets if your data access set provides read and write access to the ledger and all of its balancing segment values or management segment values. You will not be able to create budgets if you only have read access to the ledger or read and write access to just a portion of its balancing segment values or management segment values.

Page 224

Page 231: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

6.

Click in the Budget field.

7.

Enter the desired information into the Budget field. Enter "H.R. BUDGET".

8.

Click in the Description field.

9.

Enter the desired information into the Description field. Enter "Human Resources Department budget".

10.

Click in the Status field.

11.

Enter the desired information into the Status field. Enter "Open".

12.

Click in the Budget Periods: First field.

13.

Enter the desired information into the Budget Periods: First field. Enter "Jan-07".

14.

Click in the Budget Periods: Last field.

15.

Enter the desired information into the Budget Periods: Last field. Enter "Sep-07".

16.

Click the Save button.

17.

You have completed the Defining Budgets procedure.End of Procedure.

Page 225

Page 232: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Assigning Budget PeriodsCreate a budget to represent a collection of estimated amounts for a range of accounting periods. You can use AutoCopy to create a new budget from an existing budget. You can create budget hierarchies by assigning lower-level budgets to a master budget. This enables you to track budgeted amounts against your control budget.

In this topic, you will assign budget periods.

Procedure

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Define Budgets page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the Budgets: Define: Budget link.

Page 226

Page 233: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

3.

In the Define Budget page, enter the first period of your budget. Once you save the budget, you cannot change the first period.

Step Action

4.

Enter the desired information into the Budget field. Enter "CORPORATE".

5.

Click in the Description field.

6.

Enter the desired information into the Description field. Enter "5 Year".

7.

Click in the Status field.

8.

Enter the desired information into the Status field. Enter "Open".

Page 227

Page 234: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

9.

Click in the Budget Periods: First field.

10.

Enter the desired information into the Budget Periods: First field. Enter "Jan-06".

11.

Click in the Budget Periods: Last field.

12.

Enter the last period for your budget. Your budget can include up to sixty periods per year, and can span an unlimited number of fiscal years.Enter the desired information into the Budget Periods: Last field. Enter "Dec-10".

13.

Click the Save button.

14.

You have completed the Assigning Budget Periods procedure.End of Procedure.

Opening a Budget PeriodBudget periods must be opened before data can be input and analyzed for defined budget.

In this topic you will learn how to open a budget period using the Define Budget page.

Procedure

Page 228

Page 235: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Define Budget page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Budgets : Define : Budget link.

5.

Use the Define Budget page to define and open budget periods.

Page 229

Page 236: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

6.

Click the View menu.

or Press [Alt+V].

7.

Click the Query By Example menu.

8.

Click the Enter menu.

or Press [E].

9.

Click in the Budget field.

10.

Enter the desired information into the Budget field. Enter "H.R. Budget".

Page 230

Page 237: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

11.

Click the View menu.

or Press [Alt+V].

12.

Click the Query By Example menu.

13.

Click the Run menu.

or Press [R].

14.

Click the Open Next Year button.

or Press [Alt+O].

15.

Click the Yes button.

or Press [Alt+Y].

16.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

17.

Click the View menu.

or Press [Alt+V].

Page 231

Page 238: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

18.

Click the Requests menu.

or Press [R].

19.

The Find Requests page enables you to search for the requests you submitted based on specified search criteria.

Step Action

20.

Click the Specific Requests option.

21.

Click in the Request ID field.

Page 232

Page 239: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

22.

Enter the desired information into the Request ID field. Enter "5175005".

23.

Click the Find button.

or Press [Alt+i].

24.

You have completed the Opening a Budget Period procedure.End of Procedure.

Copying Budget Amounts from a BudgetThe Define Budget page enables you to use Autocopy to copy budget amounts to a new budget from an already existing budget.

You can only copy budget amounts if you have read and write access to the ledger and all of its balancing segment values or management segment values as defined by your data access set.

In this topic, you will copy budget amounts from a budget.

Procedure

Page 233

Page 240: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Define Budget page.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Budgets: Define: Budget link.

5.

The Define Budget page enables you to create or copy budgets if your data access set provides read and write access to the ledger and all of its balancing segment values or management segment values. You will not be able to create budgets if you only have read access to the ledger or read and write access to just a portion of its balancing segment values or management segment values.

Page 234

Page 241: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

6.

Click in the Budget field.

7.

Enter the desired information into the Budget field. Enter "CORPORATE 2003".

8.

Click in the Description field.

9.

Enter the desired information into the Description field. Enter "Auto copying budget amounts from existing budget".

10.

Click in the Status field.

11.

Enter the desired information into the Status field. Enter "Open".

Page 235

Page 242: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

12.

Click in the Budget Periods: First field.

13.

Enter the desired information into the Budget Periods: First field. Enter "Jan-03".

14.

Click in the Budget Periods: Last field.

15.

Enter the desired information into the Budget Periods: Last field. Enter "Dec-03".

16.

Click the AutoCopy... button.

or Press [Alt+A].

17.

Click the Yes button.

or Press [Alt+Y].

18.

Click the CORPORATE 2002 list item.

19.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

20.

Click the View menu.

or Press [Alt+V].

Page 236

Page 243: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

21.

Click the Requests menu.

or Press [R].

22.

The Find Requests page enables you to search for the requests you submitted based on specified search criteria.

Step Action

23.

Click the Specific Requests option.

24.

Click in the Request ID field.

Page 237

Page 244: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

25.

Enter the desired information into the Request ID field. Enter "5175018".

26.

Click the Find button.

or Press [Alt+i].

27.

The Requests page enables you to view request status information, drill down to view details, log and output information, and access the Diagnostics page.

28.

You have completed the Copying Budget Amounts From a Budget procedure.End of Procedure.

Page 238

Page 245: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Managing Budget OrganizationsManaging Budget Organizations enables you to add or change individual accounts, password protection for the organization, assigning account ranges, and defining new budget organizations.

Upon completion of this lesson, you will be able to:• Assign account ranges • Define and manage budget organizations • Define passwords • Define individual accounts

Defining Budget OrganizationsYou can use the Define Budget Organization page to define budget organizations or update existing budgetorganizations.

Before you define a budget organization you must define your ledger using Accounting Setup Manager,and assign your ledger to an Accounting Setup that has a status of Confirmed using Accounting Setup Manager. You can optionally,define definition access sets and assign them to Responsibilities if you want to secure use, view, or modify access to your Budget Organization.

In this topic, you will define a budget organization using the Define Budget Organization page.

Procedure

Page 239

Page 246: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Define Budget Organization page. Select the responsibility General Ledger, Vision Operations(USA).Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Budgets: Define: Organization link.

5.

Use the Define Budget Organization page to define budget organizations or update existing budget organizations. You can review, assign, delete or copy ranges of Accounting Flexfields to your budget organizations.

If you have defined at least one budget organization, you can define an "All" budget organization that contains all the Accounting Flexfields from all the budget organizations you define. This all-inclusive budget organization is useful if you want one budget organization for budgeting to allaccounts, or if you do not currently need specialized budget organizations, but may want to add them later.

Page 240

Page 247: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

6.

Click in the Organization field.

7.

To define a new budget organization that includes only specific ranges of accounts, enter a unique name in the Organization field. Budget organization names must be unique for a ledger.

If you have defined at least one budget organization, you can create a budget organization named "All" that automatically includes all accounts thatare assigned to any budget organization. Enter the desired information into the Organization field. Enter "H.R. Organization".

8.

Click in the Description field.

9.

Enter the desired information into the Description field. Enter "Human Resources Budget Organization".

Page 241

Page 248: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

10.

You can specify the display sequence in the Display Sequence field for your account segments.

You can use this sequence to change the order of your account segments on the Enter Budget Amounts and Enter Budget Journals pages.Click in the Display Sequence field.

11.

In the Display Sequence page, for each segment, enter a unique sequence number from 1 to n, where n is the number of segments in your account.

12.

Enter the desired information into the Company field. Enter "1".

13.

Click in the Department field.

14.

Enter the desired information into the Department field. Enter "2".

15.

Click in the Account field.

16.

Enter the desired information into the Account field. Enter "3".

17.

Click in the Sub-Account field.

18.

Enter the desired information into the Sub-Account field. Enter "4".

19.

Click in the Product field.

Page 242

Page 249: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

20.

Enter the desired information into the Product field. Enter "5".

21.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

22.

Click the Save button.

23.

You have completed defining a budget organization using the Define Budget Organization page. End of Procedure.

Assigning Account Ranges to Budget OrganizationsYou can enter budget amounts, budget journals, upload budget amounts, and transfer budget amounts in any currency. You can calculate budget formulas and mass budget journals.

In this topic, you will learn to assign account ranges to budget organizations.

Procedure

Page 243

Page 250: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Define Budget Organization page.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Budgets: Define: Organization link.

5.

The Define Budget Organization page enables you to specify accounts by defining a budget organization, then assigning appropriate accounts to that organization.

Use this window to define budget organizations or update existing budget organizations. You can review, assign, delete or copy ranges of Accounting Flexfields to your budget organizations. You must define at least one budget organization before you can enter budget amounts.

Page 244

Page 251: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

6.

Click the View menu.

or Press [Alt+V].

7.

Point to the Query By Example menu.

8.

Click the Enter menu.

or Press [E].

9.

Enter the desired information into the Organization field. Enter "H.R. Organization".

10.

Click the View menu.

or Press [Alt+V].

Page 245

Page 252: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

11.

Point to the Query By Example menu.

12.

Click the Run menu.

or Press [R].

13.

Click the Ranges button.

or Press [Alt+R].

14.

The Account Ranges page contains ranges of accounts that make up the budget.

Page 246

Page 253: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

15.

Enter the desired information into the Line field. Enter "10".

16.

Click in the Accounts: Low field.

17.

The Operations Accounting Flex page enables you to enter specified accounts within the designated account range.

18.

Enter the desired information into the Company: Low field. Enter "01".

19.

Click in the Department: Low field.

20.

Enter the desired information into the Department: Low field. Enter "760".

21.

Click in the Account: Low field.

22.

Enter the desired information into the Account: Low field. Enter "6100".

23.

Enter the desired information into the Account: High field. Enter "6175".

24.

Enter the desired information into the Sub-Account: Low field. Enter "0000".

Page 247

Page 254: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

25.

Click in the Product: Low field.

26.

Enter the desired information into the Product: Low field. Enter "000".

27.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

28.

Click the Save button.

29.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

30.

Click the View menu.

or Press [Alt+V].

31.

Click the Requests menu.

or Press [R].

32.

The Find Requests page enables you to search for the requests you submitted based on specified search criteria.

Page 248

Page 255: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

33.

Click the Specific Requests option.

34.

Click in the Request ID field.

35.

Enter the desired information into the Request ID field. Enter "5175080".

36.

Click the Find button.

or Press [Alt+i].

37.

The Requests page enables you to view request status information, drill down to view details, log and output information, and access the Diagnostics window.

Page 249

Page 256: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

38.

Click the View Output button.

or Press [Alt+p].

39.

You have completed the Assigning Account Ranges to Budget Organizations procedure.End of Procedure.

Protecting a Budget Organization with a PasswordBy assigning passwords to different budget organizations within your enterprise, you can distribute budgeting responsibilities among your various organization managers.

When a budget organization has password protection, you must enter the password before reviewing, entering, or changing budget information for any account within that budget organization.

Page 250

Page 257: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

In this topic, you will protect a budget organization with a password using the Define Budget Organization page.

Procedure

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Define Budget Organization page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Budgets: Define: Organization link.

Page 251

Page 258: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

5.

The Define Budget Organization page enables you to define an organization.

Step Action

6.

Click in the Organization field.

7.

Click the View menu.

or Press [Alt+V].

8.

Click the Query By Example list.

9.

Click the Enter menu.

Page 252

Page 259: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

or Press [E].

10.

Enter the desired information into the Organization field. Enter "H.R. Organization".

11.

Click the View menu.

or Press [Alt+V].

12.

Click the Query By Example list.

13.

Click the Run menu.

or Press [R].

14.

Click the Set Password button.

or Press [Alt+S].

Page 253

Page 260: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

15.

Enter the desired information into the New Password field. Enter "welcome".

16.

Click the OK button.

17.

Enter the desired information into the New Password field. Enter "welcome".

18.

Click the OK button.

Page 254

Page 261: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

19.

Click the Save button.

20.

You have completed the Protecting a Budget Organization with a Password procedure.End of Procedure.

Adding or Changing Individual AccountsYou can display each account within a specific range you assigned to your budget organization. General Ledger sorts the accounts in ascending order by ordering segment value. You can add new accounts to your budget organization that fall within the designated range, or you can temporarily delete accounts from the budget organization.

In this topic, you will learn to add or change individual accounts.

Procedure

Page 255

Page 262: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Define Budget Organization page.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Organization link.

5.

The Define Budget Organization page enables you to specify accounts by defining a budget organization, then assigning appropriate accounts to that organization.

Use this window to define budget organizations or update existing budget organizations. You can review, assign, delete or copy ranges of Accounting Flexfields to your budget organizations. You must define at least one budget organization before you can enter budget amounts.

Page 256

Page 263: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

6.

Click in the Organization field.

7.

Click the View menu.

or Press [Alt+V].

8.

Point to the Query By Example menu.

9.

Click the Enter menu.

or Press [E].

10.

Enter the desired information into the Organization field. Enter "H.R. Organization".

Page 257

Page 264: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

11.

Click the View menu.

or Press [Alt+V].

12.

Point to the Query By Example menu.

13.

Click the Run menu.

or Press [R].

14.

Click the Ranges button.

or Press [Alt+R].

15.

The Account Ranges page contains ranges of accounts that make up the budget.

Page 258

Page 265: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

16.

Click the Range Assignments button.

or Press [Alt+a].

17.

The Account Assignments page enables you to assign, upload, and transfer budget amounts in any currency.

Page 259

Page 266: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

18.

Click in the Account field.

19.

Enter the desired information into the Account field. Enter "01-760-6165-0000-000".

20.

Click the Save button.

21.

You have completed the Adding or Changing Individual Accounts procedure.End of Procedure.

Page 260

Page 267: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Budget FormulasBudget Formulas includes information on creating a budget formula entry, entering budget formula entry lines, copying existing budget formulas, and changing a budget formula entry.

Upon completion of this lesson, you will be able to:• Create a budget formula entry.• Enter a budget formula entry line.• Copy existing budget formulas.• Change a budget formula entry.

Creating a Budget Formula EntryYour budget formulas can be simple or complex and you can use any combination of fixed amounts and account balances, including actual or budget amounts, statistics, and period-to-date or year-to-date balances from the current period, prior period or same period last year.

When you define budget formulas, you create a budget formula batch. The batch contains one or more budget entries, and each entry contains one or more formulas.

In this topic, you will create a budget formula entry using the Define Budget Formula page.

Procedure

Page 261

Page 268: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Define Budget Formula page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Budgets: Define: Formula link.

5.

You will use the Define Budget Formula page to create a budget formula entry.

In this page, you will enter the budget formula batch information which includes:• A name for the formula entry in the Batch field.• The ledger you specified for the batch defaults for the formula entry in the Ledger field.

Page 262

Page 269: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

6.

Click in the Recurring Batch: Batch field.

7.

Enter the desired information into the Recurring Batch: Batch field. Enter "Training - Jan 2008".

8.

In the Journal Entry region, you will enter the details of the formula entry journal, currency and category as well as the effective dates.

9.

Click in the Journal field.

10.

Enter the desired information into the Journal Entry: Journal field. Enter "Training".

11.

Click in the Journal Entry: Category field.

Page 263

Page 270: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

12.

Enter the desired information into the Journal Entry: Category field. Enter "AP Costs".

13.

Use the Effective Dates: From/To fields to enter a range of effective dates to limit use of the budget formula to a specific timeinterval.

Note that the effective dates are based on the system date. Users will be prevented from generating budget formulas if the system date fallsoutside the effective date range.

14.

Click in the Effective Dates: From field.

15.

Enter the desired information into the Effective Dates: From field. Enter "01-JAN-2008".

16.

Click in the Effective Dates: To field.

17.

Enter the desired information into the Effective Dates: To field. Enter "31-JAN-2008".

18.

Click the Save button.

19.

You have completed creating a budget formula entry using the Define Budget Formula page.End of Procedure.

Creating Budget Formula Entry LinesWhen you create budget formula entries, you will also create budget formula entry lines.

Your budget formulas can be simple or complex and you can use any combination of fixed amounts and account balances, including actual or budget amounts, statistics, and period-to-date or year-to-date balances from the current period, prior period or same period last year.

Page 264

Page 271: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

When you define budget formulas, you create a budget formula batch. The batch contains one or more budget entries, and each entry contains one or more formulas.

In this topic, you will create budget formula entry lines, using the Define Budget Formula page.

Procedure

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Define Budget Formula page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Budgets: Define: Formula link.

Page 265

Page 272: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

5.

Before you create budget formula entry lines, you will use the Define Budget Formula page to create a budget formula entry.

In this page, you will enter the budget formula batch information which includes:• A name for the formula entry in the Batch field.• The ledger you specified for the batch defaults for the formula entry in the Ledger field.

Step Action

6.

Click in the Recurring Batch: Batch field.

7.

Enter the desired information into the Recurring Batch: Batch field. Enter "Training - Jan 2008".

8.

In the Journal Entry region, you will enter the details of the formula entry journal, currency and category as well as the effective dates.

Page 266

Page 273: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

9.

Click in the Journal field.

10.

Enter the desired information into the Journal Entry: Journal field. Enter "Training".

11.

Click in the Journal Entry: Category field.

12.

Enter the desired information into the Journal Entry: Category field. Enter "AP Costs".

13.

Click in the Effective Dates: From field.

14.

Enter the desired information into the Effective Dates: From field. Enter "01-JAN-2008".

15.

Click in the Effective Dates: To field.

16.

Enter the desired information into the Effective Dates: To field. Enter "31-JAN-2008".

17.

Once you have created the budget formula entry, you will use the Lines button on the Define Budget Formula page to enter the formula.

18.

Click the Lines button.

or Press [Alt+n].

Page 267

Page 274: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

19.

You will use the Journal Entry Lines page to enter the details of line, line description, account information as well as to enter a formula.

20.

In the Line field, enter a line number to set the order of your recurring journal entry lines.

Step Action

21.

Click in the Line field.

22.

Enter the desired information into the Line field. Enter "1".

Page 268

Page 275: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

23.

Click in the Account field.

24.

In the Account field, enter the account whose budget amount you want to calculate with a formula.

25.

Enter the desired information into the Account field. Enter "01-110-6100-0000-000".

26.

In the Step field, enter a Step number to specify the order in which you want to process the steps inyour formula.

Each formula can contain an unlimited number of steps.

27.

Click in the Formula: Step Number field.

28.

Enter the desired information into the Formula: Step Number field. Enter "1".

29.

You will now enter a factor for the formula step using the Amount or the Account field.

There are two types of factors you can use. You can:

• Enter a fixed amount in the Amount field.

• Specify an account in the Account field to use a balance in the formula calculation. You can use standard, end-of-day, or average balances in your formula lines.

You will enter a fixed amount to enter a factor for the formula step using the Amount field.

30.

Click in the Formula: Amount field.

31.

Enter the desired information into the Formula: Amount field. Enter "1500".

Page 269

Page 276: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

32.

Click the Save button.

33.

You have completed creating budget formula entry lines using the Define Budget Formula page.End of Procedure.

Copying Existing Budget FormulasYou can create a new budget formula batch quickly by copying and modifying an existing budget formula batch.

In this topic, you will copy an existing budget formula using the Define Budget Formula page.

Procedure

Page 270

Page 277: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Define Budget Formula page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Budgets: Define: Formula link.

5.

You will use the Define Budget Formula page to copy an existing budget formula.

In this page, you will enter a Batch Name, Description, and Ledger for the new budget formula batch.

Note that if you use reporting currencies (journal or subledger level), you can enter a reporting currency instead of a ledger.

Page 271

Page 278: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

6.

Click in the Recurring Batch: Batch field.

7.

Enter the desired information into the Recurring Batch: Batch field. Enter "Training - Feb 2008".

8.

Choose the AutoCopy button to copy the existing budget formula.

Note that you can only copy budget formula batches for the same ledger or reporting currency.

9.

Click the AutoCopy... button.

or Press [Alt+A].

10.

Use the Source Batches page to enter the Source Batch whose formulas you want to copy.

You can modify the budget formula entries you copied.

11.

Click the Training - Jan 2008 list item.

12.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

13.

Click the Save button.

14.

You have completed copying an existing budget formula using the Define Budget Formula page.End of Procedure.

Changing a Budget Formula EntryYou define budget formulas to calculate budget amounts. Your budget formulas can be simple or complex. You can use any combination of fixed amounts and account balances, including actual

Page 272

Page 279: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

or budget amounts, statistics, and period-to-date or year-to-date balances from the current period, prior period or same period last year.

When you define budget formulas, you create a budget formula batch. The batch contains one or more budget entries, and each entry contains one or more formulas. Use budget batches and entries to group your budget formulas.

In this topic, you will change a budget formula entry.

Procedure

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Define Budget Formula page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

Page 273

Page 280: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Budgets: Define: Formula link.

5.

Use the Define Budget Formula page to create a budget formula batch or budget formula entry, to enter a budget formula entry line, and to copy budget formulas from an existing batch.

Step Action

6.

Click the Find... button.

7.

Use the Find Recurring Batches page to query the name of the budget formula batch you want to change.

8.

Click the Training 2008 list item.

Page 274

Page 281: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

9.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

10.

Click the Lines button.

or Press [Alt+n].

11.

Use the Journal Entry Lines page to review or change the formula entry lines.

Page 275

Page 282: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

12.

Enter the desired information into the Line field. Enter "1".

13.

Click in the Account field.

14.

Enter the desired information into the Account field. Enter "01-110-6100-0000-000".

15.

Click in the Formula: Step Number field.

16.

Enter the desired information into the Formula: Step Number field. Enter "1".

17.

Click in the Formula: Amount field.

18.

Enter the desired information into the Formula: Amount field. Enter "1600".

19.

Click the Save button.

20.

You have completed the Changing a Budget Formula Entry procedure.End of Procedure.

Page 276

Page 283: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Entering Budget AmountsEntering Budget Amounts includes information on multiple accounts, rules to distribute amounts, journal entries, and journal batches.

Upon completion of this lesson, you will be able to:• Enter budget amounts for multiple accounts.• Enter budget rules.• Enter budget journals.• Create unposted journal batches.• Export a budget worksheet.

Entering Budget Amounts for Multiple AccountsEnter budget amounts for your accounts to replace any existing budget balances. You can enter budget amounts for each account in the budget organization one-by-one, or you can use worksheet mode to enter budgets for several accounts at once. Budget rules enable you to distribute budget amounts for all periods.

In this topic, you will enter budget amounts for multiple accounts.

Procedure

Page 277

Page 284: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Enter Budget Amounts page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the Budgets: Enter: Amounts link.

3.

The Enter Budget Amounts page enables you to enter the amounts for your budget.

You cannot enter amounts for a budget that is frozen.

Step Action

4.

Enter the desired information into the Budget field. Enter "CORP BUD 2003-6".

5.

Click in the Budget Organization field.

Page 278

Page 285: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

6.

Specify the budget organization for the accounts to which you want to budget. If the budget organization is password-protected, you must enter the password before you can enter budget amounts.Enter the desired information into the Budget Organization field. Enter "Operations".

7.

Click in the Accounting Periods From field.

8.

Enter the range of accounting periods to which you want to budget.Enter the desired information into the Accounting Periods From field. Enter "Jan-06".

9.

Click in the To field.

10.

The Worksheet Mode tab enables you to review and enter budget amounts for several accounts at once.

11.

Click the Worksheet Mode tab.

12.

Click in the Account field.

13.

The Find Accounts page enables you to query the accounts within the chosen budget organization for which you want to enter budgets.

You can specify one or more segment values (or wildcards) to restrict the query. Oracle General Ledger retrieves each account with a budget entry type of "Entered" that meets your criteria.

14.

Click in the Company: Low field.

15.

Enter the desired information into the Company: Low field. Enter "01".

16.

Click in the Department: Low field.

Page 279

Page 286: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

17.

Enter the desired information into the Department: Low field. Enter "600".

18.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

19.

Click in the Jan-06 field.

20.

Enter budget amounts for accounts and periods in the designated range.Enter the desired information into the Jan-06 field. Enter "1000".

21.

Click in the Jan-06 field.

22.

Enter the desired information into the Jan-06 field. Enter "10000".

23.

Select the Post button to submit a concurrent request that updates your account budget balances.Click the Post button.

or Press [Alt+P].

24.

Click the Yes button.

or Press [Alt+Y].

25.

Click the OK button.

Page 280

Page 287: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

or Press [Alt+O].

26.

You have completed the Entering Budget Amounts for Multiple Accounts procedure.End of Procedure.

Entering Budget Rules to Distribute Budget AmountsBudget rules are predefined methods for calculating and distributing budget amounts to all periods for an account. You can use budget rules to help you enter budgets quickly and easily.

In this topic, you will entering budget rules to distribute budget amounts.

Procedure

Page 281

Page 288: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Enter Budget Amounts page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the Budgets: Enter: Amounts link.

3.

The Enter Budget Amounts page enables you to enter the budget rules to distribute budget amounts.

Step Action

4.

Enter the desired information into the Budget field. Enter "CORP BUD 2003-6".

5.

Click in the Budget Organization field.

Page 282

Page 289: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

6.

Specify the budget organization for the accounts to which you want to budget. If the budget organization is password-protected, you must enter the password before you can enter budget amounts.Enter the desired information into the Budget Organization field. Enter "Operations".

7.

Click in the Accounting Periods From field.

8.

Enter the range of accounting periods to which you want to budget.Enter the desired information into the Accounting Periods From field. Enter "Jan-06".

9.

Click in the To field.

10.

The Single Row Mode tab enables you to review and enter budget information for one account at a time. You will also see a total for all budget periods when you use the Single Row mode.

11.

Click the Single Row Mode tab.

12.

Click in the Account field.

13.

The Find Accounts page enables you to query the account for which you are entering budgets.

14.

Click in the Company: Low field.

15.

Enter the desired information into the Company: Low field. Enter "01".

16.

Click in the Department: Low field.

Page 283

Page 290: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

17.

Enter the desired information into the Department: Low field. Enter "600".

18.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

19.

Click the Budget Rules button.

or Press [Alt+R].

20.

The Budget Rules page enables you to choose the rule you want to use to calculate and distribute budget amounts for the account.

Page 284

Page 291: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

21.

Click the Rule list.

Step Action

22.

Click the Repeat Per Period list item.

Page 285

Page 292: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

23.

Click in the Amount field.

24.

Enter the amount you want to use with your budget rule.Enter the desired information into the Amount field. Enter "100".

25.

Click the Apply button.

or Press [Alt+A].

26.

Click the OK button.

Page 286

Page 293: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

27.

Click in the Total field.

28.

Click the Save button.

29.

You have completed the Entering Budget Rules to Distribute Budget Amounts procedure.End of Procedure.

Entering Budget JournalsYou can enter budget journals to maintain an audit trail for your budget balances. You can use budget rules to calculate budget journal amounts automatically.

Note that you can only enter budget journals to those ledgers and balancing segment values or management segment values that you have read and write access as defined by your data access set.

Page 287

Page 294: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

When you post budget journals, the journal amounts update existing budget balances. You can review and change your budget journals before posting them.

Following are the prerequisites to enter budget journals:• Define a budget• Open one or more years for your budget• Define a budget organization• Assign the "Entered" budget entry type to the accounts for which you want to enter budget journals

In this topic, you will enter budget journals using the Enter Budget Journals page.

Procedure

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Enter Budget Journals page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

Page 288

Page 295: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

2.

Click the Budgets: Enter: Journals link.

3.

You will use the Enter Budget Journals page to enter the budget journals for the budget you want to update.

You cannot use a budget that is frozen.

4.

In the Budget Organization field, specify the organization for the account to which you want to budget.

If the budget organization is password-protected, you must enter the password before you can enter budget journals.

Note that if your budget organization has been secured usingdefinition access sets, you must have Use access to the budgetorganization to be able to use it for budget entry.

Step Action

5.

Click in the Budget Organization field.

Page 289

Page 296: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

15.

Click in the Company: Low field.

16.

Enter the desired information into the Company: Low field. Enter "01".

17.

Click in the Department: Low field.

18.

Enter the desired information into the Department: Low field. Enter "500".

19.

Once you have specified the account details, enter a debit or credit amount for each period in the Debit and Credit fields.

Note: If you want to use budget rules to calculate and distribute budget amounts, you do not have to enter journal amounts.

20.

Click in the Debit field.

21.

Enter the desired information into the Debit field. Enter "1000".

22.

Click the Save button.

23.

When you save your entries, the journal amounts updates existing budget balances.

24.

You have completed entering budget journals using the Enter Budget Journals page.End of Procedure.

Page 290

Page 297: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Creating Unposted Journal BatchesAfter you enter budget journals, you will run journal import to create unposted journal batches.

If you are using budgetary control, you must check and reserve funds for the budget journal batches.

In this topic, you will create unposted journal batches using the Enter Budget Journals page.

Procedure

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Enter Budget Journals page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the Budgets: Enter: Journals link.

Page 291

Page 298: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

3.

You will use the Enter Budget Journals page to enter your budget journal information, including the budget debit and credit amounts.

Step Action

4.

Click in the Budget Organization field.

5.

Enter the desired information into the Budget Organization field. Enter "Operations".

6.

Click in the Accounting Periods From field.

7.

Enter the desired information into the Accounting Periods From field. Enter "Jan-06".

8.

Click in the To field.

Page 292

Page 299: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

9.

Click the Journal Mode tab.

10.

Select the Journal Mode tab in the Enter Budget Journals page to enter budget amounts in a journal format.

11.

Click in the Account field.

12.

In the Find Accounts page, you will enter the details of the account.

13.

Click in the Company: Low field.

14.

Enter the desired information into the Company: Low field. Enter "01".

15.

Click in the Department: Low field.

16.

Enter the desired information into the Department: Low field. Enter "500".

17.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

18.

Once you find the account, enter the budget debit and credit amounts.

Page 293

Page 300: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

19.

Click in the Debit field.

20.

Enter the desired information into the Debit field. Enter "5000".

21.

To create a budget journal batch, you will click the Create Journals button.

22.

Click the Create Journals... button.

or Press [Alt+J].

23.

In the Create Journals page, enter a unique journal batch name in the Journal Batch field.

You will also use this page to enter a category for your budget journal batch in the Category field.

Page 294

Page 301: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

24.

Click in the Journal Batch field.

25.

Enter the desired information into the Journal Batch field. Enter "CORP BUD 2003-6 ADJ 01".

26.

Click in the Category field.

27.

Enter the desired information into the Category field. Enter "Adjustment".

28.

Once you have entered the values for the journal batch and category, click the Done button and save your changes.

Page 295

Page 302: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

29.

Click the Done button.

or Press [Alt+D].

Step Action

30.

Click the Save button.

31.

Navigate back to the Create Journals page to check funds or to reserve funds.

32.

Click the Create Journals... button.

Page 296

Page 303: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

or Press [Alt+J].

33.

You will use the Create Journals page to reserve funds.

Select the Check Funds button to verify available funds for the budget journal batch.

Select the Reserve Funds button to reserve funds for the budget journal batches.

Step Action

34.

Click the Reserve Funds button.

or Press [Alt+R].

Page 297

Page 304: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

35.

The Note page will display to confirm that your transaction has passed funds reservation.

The Funds Status changes to In Process after you click Check Funds or Reserve Funds.

After the funds check or reservation process completes, your funds status will change to Passed or Failed.

Note: Once your funds reservation has passed, you cannot change your budget journal amounts unless you first unreserve the funds.

36.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

37.

Click the View Results button in the Create Journals page to open the Budgetary Control Results page.

38.

Click the View Results button.

or Press [Alt+i].

39.

In the Budgetary Control Results page, you can review the results of your funds action request.

Page 298

Page 305: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

40.

Click the Account Combination link.

Page 299

Page 306: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

41.

Click the Close Window link.

Page 300

Page 307: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

42.

Click the Done button.

or Press [Alt+D].

43.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

44.

You have completed creating unposted journal batches using the Enter Budget Journals page. End of Procedure.

Exporting a Budget Worksheet Using the Budget WizardYou can use the Budget Wizard to download an existing budget from Oracle General Ledger into Microsoft Excel, modify it in Excel, and then automatically upload your revised budget amounts to General Ledger.

Page 301

Page 308: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

You can also analyze budgets by downloading both actual and budget balances from General Ledger, then using Excel to perform comparisons between the actual and budget values.

By using Excel to create budget worksheets, you can easily save your worksheets to your local hard disk or floppy disk, making it possible to edit them later, or perform budget analysis work on a different PC, even when you are disconnected from yourcorporate database.

In this topic, you will export a budget worksheet using the Budget Wizard.

Procedure

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Budget Wizard page.Click the Vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

Page 302

Page 309: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

3.

Click the Budgets: Launch Budget Wizard link.

4.

You will use the Document Parameters page to enter the selection criteria parameters such as budget, organization, account details, currency and the budget dates.

5.

In the Budget field, select a budget that you have defined in Oracle General Ledger.

Page 303

Page 310: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

6.

Click in the Budget field.

Page 304

Page 311: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

7.

Enter the desired information into the Budget field. Enter "CORP BUD 2002-5".

8.

In the Organization field, select a budget organization that you have defined in Oracle General Ledger.

Your budget organization determines the accounts against which you can budget.

Page 305

Page 312: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

9.

Click in the Organization field.

Page 306

Page 313: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

10.

Enter the desired information into the Organization field. Enter "ALL".

11.

In the Account From and To fields, enter the starting and ending account range for your selected budget organization.

Page 307

Page 314: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

12.

Click in the Account From field.

Page 308

Page 315: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

13.

Enter the desired information into the Account From field. Enter "01-110-5110-0000-000".

Page 309

Page 316: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

14.

Click in the Account To field.

Page 310

Page 317: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

15.

Enter the desired information into the Account To field. Enter "01-480-5110-0000-000".

16.

In the Currency field, you will select the currencies defined for your selected budget organization.

Page 311

Page 318: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

17.

Click the Currency list.

Page 312

Page 319: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

18.

Click the USD list item.

19.

In the From Period and To Period fields, select the starting period for your selected budget.

Page 313

Page 320: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

20.

Enter the desired information into the From Period field. Enter "Jan-02".

Page 314

Page 321: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

21.

Click in the To Period field.

Page 315

Page 322: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

22.

Enter the desired information into the To Period field. Enter "Jan-05".

Page 316

Page 323: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

23.

Click the Create Document button.

24.

In the Document Creation Review page, you can review details such as layout, organization, currency, and dates.

Page 317

Page 324: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

25.

Click the Create Document button.

26.

In the Information page, you will be prompted to download the file and save it to your desktop.

Page 318

Page 325: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

27.

Click the Save button.

or Press [Alt+S].

28.

You have completed exporting a budget worksheet using the Budget Wizard.End of Procedure.

Page 319

Page 326: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Transferring Budget AmountsTransferring Budget Amounts includes information on entering budget transfer amounts and using the Budgetary Control to transfer budget amounts.

Upon completion of this lesson, you will be able to: • Transfer budget amounts using Budgetary Control.• Enter budget transfer amounts.

Transferring Budget Amounts Using Budgetary ControlTransferring Budget Amounts enables you to transfer budget amounts from one account to another within any budget. The accounts may belong to the same or different budget organizations. You can transfer fixed amounts or a percentage of an account's budget balance.

General Ledger automatically runs Journal Import when you leave the Budget Transfer form to create an unposted budget journal batch. Post the budget journal batch to update your budget balances.

In this topic, you will transfer budget amounts using budgetary control.

Procedure

Page 320

Page 327: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Budget Transfer page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the Budgets: Enter: Transfer link.

4.

Use the Budget Transfer page to enter the Budget, Batch Name, Currency, Budget Organizations, and Accounts for the budget transfer.

Step Action

5.

Click in the Budget field.

Page 321

Page 328: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

6.

Enter the desired information into the Budget field. Enter "CORP BUD 2002-5".

7.

Click in the Batch Name field.

8.

Enter the desired information into the Batch Name field. Enter "Transfer".

9.

Click in the From: Budget Organization field.

10.

Enter the desired information into the From: Budget Organization field. Enter "Operations".

11.

Click in the From: Account field.

12.

Enter the desired information into the From: Account field. Enter "01-110-5110-0000-000".

13.

The To Budget Organization can be the same or different from your From Budget Organization. If the budget organization is password-protected, you must enter the password before you can transfer budget amounts.Click in the To: Budget Organization field.

14.

Enter the desired information into the To: Budget Organization field. Enter "Operations".

15.

Click in the To: Account field.

16.

Enter the desired information into the To: Account field. Enter "01-480-5110-0000-000".

Page 322

Page 329: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

17.

Click the Transfer Amounts button.

or Press [Alt+a].

18.

Use the Transfer Amounts page to specify the fixed amounts or percentages of account balances you want to transfer.

Step Action

19.

Click in the Period field.

20.

Enter the desired information into the Period field. Enter "JAN-02".

Page 323

Page 330: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

21.

Click in the Transfer: Amount field.

22.

Enter the desired information into the Transfer: Amount field. Enter "2000".

23.

Click the Show YTD Balances button.

or Press [Alt+S].

24.

Use the Decision page to confirm your transfer.

25.

Click the Yes button.

or Press [Alt+Y].

26.

Click the Save button.

27.

You have completed the Transferring Budget Amounts Using Budgetary Control procedure.End of Procedure.

Entering Budget Transfer AmountsEntering Budget Transfer Amounts enables you to transfer fixed amounts or percentages of account balances for each accounting period.

You can enter the period for which you want to transfer budget amounts in an open budget year. General Ledger automatically displays the old balances for the accounts from and to which you want to transfer amounts.

In this topic, you will enter budget transfer amounts.

Page 324

Page 331: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Procedure

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Budget Transfer page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Budgets: Enter: Transfer link.

5.

Use the Budget Transfer page to enter the Budget, Currency, Batch Name, Budget Organizations, and Accounts for the budget transfer.

Page 325

Page 332: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

6.

Click in the Budget field.

7.

Enter the desired information into the Budget field. Enter "CORP BUD 2002-5".

8.

Click in the Batch Name field.

9.

Enter the desired information into the Batch Name field. Enter "Transfer".

10.

Click in the From: Budget Organization field.

11.

Enter the desired information into the From: Budget Organization field. Enter "Operations".

Page 326

Page 333: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

12.

Click in the From: Account field.

13.

Enter the desired information into the From: Account field. Enter "01-110-5110-0000-000".

14.

Click in the To: Budget Organization field.

15.

Enter the desired information into the To: Budget Organization field. Enter "Operations".

16.

Click in the To: Account field.

17.

Enter the desired information into the To: Account field. Enter "01-480-5110-0000-000".

18.

Click the Transfer Amounts button.

19.

Use the Transfer Amounts page to enter the period for which you want to transfer budget amounts. The period that you choose must be in an open budget year.

The page displays old balances for the accounts from and to which you want to transfer amounts. These balances are the year-to-date budget balances for the budget, accounts and period you specify.

Page 327

Page 334: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

20.

Click in the Period field.

21.

Enter the desired information into the Period field. Enter "JAN-02".

22.

Click in the Transfer: Amount field.

23.

Enter the desired information into the Transfer: Amount field. Enter "5000".

24.

Click in the Period field.

Page 328

Page 335: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

25.

Enter the desired information into the Period field. Enter "FEB-02".

26.

Click in the Transfer: Amount field.

27.

Enter the desired information into the Transfer: Amount field. Enter "18000".

28.

Click in the Period field.

29.

Enter the desired information into the Period field. Enter "Mar-02".

30.

Click in the Transfer: Amount field.

31.

Enter the desired information into the Transfer: Amount field. Enter "25500".

32.

Click the Save button.

33.

You have completed the Entering Budget Transfer Amounts procedure.End of Procedure.

Page 329

Page 336: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Freezing BudgetsFreezing Budgets includes information on freezing budget batches, organizations, and for a range of accounts.

Upon completion of this lesson, you will be able to: • Freeze budget formula batches.• Freeze budget organizations.• Freeze budgets for a range of accounts.

Freezing Budget Formula BatchesFreeze Budget page helps you to freeze a budget, budget organization, budget formula batch, or a range of budget account combinations to prevent accidental or unauthorized changes.

You can freeze or unfreeze budget formula batches. When you freeze a budget formula, you cannot use the formulas to calculate budget amounts for the specified budget. However, you can still use the formulas for budgets for which the formula batch is notfrozen.

In this topic, you will freeze a budget formula batch.

Procedure

Page 330

Page 337: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Freeze Budget page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Budgets: Freeze link.

5.

Use the Find Budget page to query the ledger and budget for the budget formula that you want to freeze.

Note: When you freeze the formula batch, you freeze it only for the budget you specify here.

Page 331

Page 338: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

6.

Click the <Budget to be frozen> list item.

7.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

8.

Click the Frozen option.

9.

Click the Save menu.

or Press [S].

10.

You have completed Freezing Budget Formula Batches procedure.End of Procedure.

Page 332

Page 339: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Freezing Budget OrganizationsFreeze Budget page helps you to freeze a budget, budget organization, budget formula batch, or a range of budget account combinations to prevent accidental or unauthorized changes.

You can freeze or unfreeze budget organizations. However, when you freeze a budget organization, you cannot budget to the accounts belonging to that budget organization for the budget specified. However, you can still enter budget amounts for budgets forwhich the budget organization is not frozen.

In this topic, you will freeze a budget organization.

Procedure

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Freeze Budget page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

Page 333

Page 340: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Budgets: Freeze link.

5.

Use the Find Budget page to find the appropriate ledger and budget for the budget organization you want to freeze.

Step Action

6.

Click the <Budget to be frozen> list item.

7.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

Page 334

Page 341: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

8.

When you freeze budget organizations, you cannot budget to the account combinationsbelonging to that budget organization for the budget specified.Click the Organizations tab.

9.

Click the Frozen option.

10.

Click the Save button.

11.

You have completed Freezing Budget Organizations procedure.End of Procedure.

Freezing Budgets for a Range of AccountsFreeze Budget page helps you to freeze a budget, budget organization, budget formula batch, or a range of budget account combinations to prevent accidental or unauthorized changes. You can freeze or unfreeze ranges of budget accounts. Note that when you freeze a range of budget accounts, you cannot budget to those accounts for the budget specified. However, you can still enter budget amounts for budgets for which the range of accounts is not frozen.

In this topic, you will freeze budgets for a range of accounts.

Procedure

Page 335

Page 342: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Freeze Budget page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Budgets: Freeze link.

5.

Use the Find Budget page to find the ledger and budget for the accounts you want to freeze.

Page 336

Page 343: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

6.

Click the <Budget to be frozen> list item.

7.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

8.

Use the Organizations tab to select the budget organization for the account range you want to freeze.

When you freeze ranges of account combinations, you cannot use that budget associated with those account combinations for the budget specified.Click the Organizations tab.

9.

Click the Frozen option.

10.

Click the Account Ranges button.

Page 337

Page 344: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

or Press [Alt+A].

11.

Use the Operations Accounting Flex page to enter the low and high accounts for the range. You can enter an unlimited number of non-overlapping ranges as long as they fall within the designated budget organization.

Step Action

12.

Enter the desired information into the Company: Low field. Enter "01".

13.

Click in the Department: Low field.

14.

Enter the desired information into the Department: Low field. Enter "000".

Page 338

Page 345: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

15.

Click in the Account: Low field.

16.

Enter the desired information into the Account: Low field. Enter "1410".

17.

Click in the Sub-Account: Low field.

18.

Enter the desired information into the Sub-Account: Low field. Enter "0000".

19.

Click in the Product: Low field.

20.

Enter the desired information into the Product: Low field. Enter "000".

21.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

22.

Click the Save button.

23.

You have completed Freezing Budgets for a Range of Accounts procedure.End of Procedure.

Page 339

Page 346: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Encumbrance AccountingEncumbrance Accounting includes information on defining encumbrance types, entering encumbrances, viewing funds available, and carrying forward year-end encumbrance and budget balances.

Upon completion of this lesson, you will be able to:• Define encumbrance types.• Enter encumbrances.• View funds available.• Carry forward year-end encumbrance and budget balances.

Defining Encumbrance TypesYou can use Encumbrance Types to classify and track expenditures according to the purchasing approval process.

You can define encumbrance types in addition to the General Ledger standard encumbrance types or disable existing encumbrance types.

General Ledger has the following predefined encumbrance types:• Commitment which is an encumbrance you record when you complete a purchase requisition.• Obligation which is an encumbrance you record when you turn a requisition into a purchase order.

In this topic, you will define an encumbrance type using the Encumbrance Types page.

Procedure

Page 340

Page 347: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Encumbrance Types page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the Setup: Journal: Encumbrances link.

3.

You will use the Encumbrance Types page to define an encumbrance type.

You can define as many additional encumbrance types as you want, or change the names of the standard encumbrance types to reflect the terminology you use within your organization. You specify an encumbrance type when you enter an encumbrance and when you perform inquiries.

To define an encumbrance type, you will enter a name and description,enable the encumbrance type, and save your work.

Page 341

Page 348: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

4.

Click in the Encumbrance Type field.

5.

Enter the desired information into the Encumbrance Type field. Enter "Obligation Req to PO".

6.

Click in the Description field.

7.

Enter the desired information into the Description field. Enter "Requisition becomes PO".

8.

Click the Save button.

9.

You have completed defining an encumbrance type using the Encumbrance Type page.End of Procedure.

Page 342

Page 349: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Entering EncumbrancesYou can enter and update encumbrance entries, as well as review and update encumbrance entries imported to General Ledger from feeder systems such as Purchasing and Payables.

Entering encumbrances is a similar process to entering actual journals. Before entering encumbrances manually, organize them into batches. You will group your encumbrances by encumbrance type, date, and preparer. You can enter encumbrances only in your ledger currency. The batch can only have journals for only one primary or secondary ledger.

Following are the prerequisites before you enter encumbrances:• Define your ledger using Accounting Setup Manager.• Define your encumbrance types.• Open an encumbrance year.

In this topic, you will enter encumbrances using the Enter Encumbrances page.

Procedure

Page 343

Page 350: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Enter Encumbrances pageClick the Journals: Encumbrance link.

2.

When you click the Encumbrance link, it displays not only the Enter Encumbrances page, but also the Find Journals page.

This is because before entering encumbrances manually, you will organize them into batches. You will use the Find Journals page to enter a new batch.

Step Action

3.

Click the New Batch button.

or Press [Alt+B].

Page 344

Page 351: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

4.

Use the Batch page to enter a batch name in the Batch field.

You will also use this page to enter an appropriate accounting period in the Period field, and an optional Control Total.

You can enter encumbrances up to the last period of your latest openencumbrance year.

Step Action

5.

Click in the Batch field.

6.

Enter the desired information into the Batch field. Enter "EB112005".

7.

Click in the Period field.

Page 345

Page 352: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

8.

Enter the desired information into the Period field. Enter "Nov-05".

9.

Click in the Description field.

10.

Enter the desired information into the Description field. Enter "Encumbrance Batch November".

11.

Click in the Control Total field.

12.

Enter the desired information into the Control Total field. Enter "100.00".

13.

You will now enter the encumbrance journals in the Journals page.

Access the Journals page by clicking the Journals button on the Batch page.

14.

Click the Journals button.

or Press [Alt+J].

15.

Use the Journals page to create your encumbrance journal by entering a name, ledger, category,encumbrance type, optional description, reference, and control total.

Page 346

Page 353: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

16.

Click in the Journal field.

17.

Enter the desired information into the Journal field. Enter "EB112005 ADJ".

18.

Click in the Description field.

19.

Enter the desired information into the Description field. Enter "Encumbrance Adjustment".

20.

Click in the Encumbrance Type field.

Page 347

Page 354: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

21.

Enter the desired information into the Encumbrance Type field. Enter "Encumbrance".

22.

In the Lines tab of the Journals page, enter encumbrance lines, specifying an account and debit or credit amount for each.

Oracle General Ledger automatically validates each segment value, as well as the combination of segments you enter.

23.

Click in the Line field.

24.

Enter the desired information into the Line field. Enter "1".

25.

Click in the Account field.

26.

Click the Account button.

27.

Use the Operations Accounting Flex page to enter account details.

28.

Click in the Account Alias field.

29.

Enter the desired information into the Account Alias field. Enter "Miscellaneous".

30.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

Page 348

Page 355: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

31.

Enter the desired information into the Debit field. Enter "100.00".

32.

Click in the Line field.

33.

Click the Account button.

34.

Click in the Account Alias field.

35.

Enter the desired information into the Account Alias field. Enter "Payables".

36.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

37.

Click in the Credit field.

38.

Enter the desired information into the Credit field. Enter "100.00".

39.

Click the Save button.

40.

You have completed entering encumbrances using the Enter Encumbrances page.End of Procedure.

Page 349

Page 356: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Viewing Funds AvailableYou can review funds available and compare encumbrances and expenditures with budgets. You can review primary ledger currency budget, actual and encumbrance balances, and funds available for any detail or summary account.

General Ledger calculates funds available by subtracting expenditures and encumbrances from budgets. When you inquire on funds available, the amount type you specify, determines how General Ledger calculates funds available.

In this topic, you will view funds available using the Funds Available Inquiry page.

Procedure

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Funds Available Inquiry page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the Inquiry: Funds link.

Page 350

Page 357: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

3.

You will use the Funds Available Inquiry page to view funds available.

When you inquire on funds available, the amount type you specify determines howOracle General Ledger calculates funds available.

The amount types you can specify in the Amount Type field are:• Period-to-Date: Calculates funds available as the budgeted amount for the period, less actuals and encumbrances for the period.• Quarter-to-Date Extended: Calculates funds available as the budgeted amount to date for the quarter, less actuals and encumbrances to date for the quarter.• Year-to-Date Extended: Calculates funds available as the budgeted amount to date for the year, less actuals and encumbrances to date for the year.• Project-to-Date: Calculates funds available as the budgeted amount to date, less actuals and encumbrances to date.

4.

Oracle General Ledger defaults the current budget, if you have one. It also defaults to the first period for the current budget.

Oracle General Ledger uses the period name along with the amount type to determine funds available.

The Amount Type selected here is Year to Date Extended.

Ensure that ALL is selected in the Encumbrance Type field so that you can view all encumbrances types.

5.

Use the Account field to enter the account information.

Page 351

Page 358: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

6.

Click in the Account field.

7.

Use the Find Accounts page to enter the details of the accounts.

8.

Enter the desired information into the Company: Low field. Enter "01".

9.

Click in the Department: Low field.

10.

Enter the desired information into the Department: Low field. Enter "000".

11.

Click in the Account: Low field.

Page 352

Page 359: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

12.

Enter the desired information into the Account: Low field. Enter "1240".

13.

Click in the Sub-Account: Low field.

14.

Enter the desired information into the Sub-Account: Low field. Enter "0000".

15.

Click in the Product: Low field.

16.

Enter the desired information into the Product: Low field. Enter "000".

17.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

18.

Oracle General Ledger displays the functional budget, encumbrance and actual amounts for each account. The displayed amounts are the posted balances plus reserved funds.

Oracle General Ledger displays debit balances as positive amounts and credit balances as negative amounts.

Oracle General Ledger automatically displays funds available as:• Budget Amount for Period Interval• Actual Amount for Period Interval• Encumbrance Amount for Period Interval

19.

You have completed viewing funds available using the Funds Available Inquiry page.End of Procedure.

Page 353

Page 360: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Carrying Forward Year-End Encumbrance and Budget BalancesYou can carry forward year-end encumbrances into the following year. You can also carry forward budget amounts equal to encumbrances and/or funds available.

When you carry forward year-end encumbrances, the Carry Forward rule you specify determines the amounts to be carried forward. Note that General Ledger carries forward balances, not as period activity, but as beginning balances.

In this topic, you will carry forward year-end encumbrances and budget balances using the Year-End Carry Forward page.

Procedure

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Year-End Carry Forward page.Click the Carryforward link.

Page 354

Page 361: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

2.

You will use the Year-End Carry Forward page to select the ledger to carry forward year-end encumbrances.

You will also enter a rule in the Carry Forward Rule field.

Step Action

3.

Click the Carry Forward Rule list.

4.

In the Carry Forward Rule field, if you are using the Encumbrances Only rule or the Encumbrances andEncumbered Budget rule, enter the type you want to carry forward in the Encumbrance Type field.

Select All to carry forward amounts for all encumbrance types.

Page 355

Page 362: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

5.

Click the Encumbrances and Enc Budget list item.

6.

In the Budget region of the Year-End Carry Forward page, enter the organization for which you want to carry forward balances in the Organization field. You can select All to include all budget organizations.

If you select All, Oracle General Ledger carries forward balances for all the accounts you enter in the Carry Forward Ranges region, regardless of the budget organization.

If you do not select All, Oracle General Ledger carries forward balances only for those accounts that are included in the specific budget organization and in the ranges you specify in the Carry Forward Ranges region.

Page 356

Page 363: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

7.

Click in the Budget: To field.

8.

Enter the desired information into the Budget: To field. Enter "CORP BUD 2003-6".

9.

Oracle General Ledger automatically defaults values into the From and To Period fields when the last period of the fiscal year for which you are carrying forward balances is Closed or Permanently Closed (From Period), and the period following the closed period is Open or Future Enterable (To Period).

10.

Enter the details of the account in the Carry Forward Ranges region.

The values you enter need not be valid segment values. You cannot enteroverlapping ranges of accounts.

Oracle General Ledger carries forward balances for only those accounts that are included in the ranges you enter and that are assigned to the budget organization you specify.

11.

Click in the Account Low field.

Page 357

Page 364: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

12.

Use the Operations Accounting Flex page to enter the details of the account.

13.

Click in the Company: Low field.

14.

Enter the desired information into the Company: Low field. Enter "01".

15.

Click in the Department: Low field.

16.

Enter the desired information into the Department: Low field. Enter "500".

17.

Click in the Account: Low field.

18.

Enter the desired information into the Account: Low field. Enter "4150".

19.

Click in the Sub-Account: Low field.

20.

Enter the desired information into the Sub-Account: Low field. Enter "0000".

21.

Click in the Product: Low field.

22.

Enter the desired information into the Product: Low field. Enter "000".

Page 358

Page 365: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

23.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

24.

Once you have entered the carryforward account ranges, you will click the Carry Forward button to begin the carry forward process.

25.

Click the Carry Forward button.

or Press [Alt+C].

26.

Use the Decision page to confirm and submit the carry forward process.

27.

Click the Yes button.

or Press [Alt+Y].

28.

Note the request ID in the Note page.Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

29.

You have completed carrying forward year-end encumbrances and budget balances using the Year-End Carry Forward page.End of Procedure.

Page 359

Page 366: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Average Balance ProcessingAverage Balance Processing includes information on opening new periods, consolidating transactions and balances, and managing multi-currency processing.

Upon completion of this lesson, you will be able to: • Open a new period.• Archive and purge.• Consolidate transactions.• Consolidate balances.

Opening a New PeriodWhen you open a new accounting period, General Ledger prepares the new period for journal entry.

If you open a new period when average balance processing is enabled, the system also:• Populates the aggregates table. PTD, QTD, and YTD aggregate balances are created for each balance sheet account. As transactions are posted throughout the period,General Ledger updates these aggregates, using the transaction effective date to determine which daily balances to update.• Initializes aggregate balances. PTD aggregates are set to zero. QTD and YTD aggregates are only initialized if the new period is the beginning of a quarter or a year, respectively. Otherwise, the ending QTD and YTD aggregates from the previous period are carried forward as the beginning balance of the new period. When you open a new year, General Ledger sets the non-postable income account back to zero. The beginning balance of retained earnings is set to the sum of the prior year's ending balance, plus the ending balance of the non-postable net income account (zero).

In this topic, you will open a new period using the Open and Close Periods page.

Procedure

Page 360

Page 367: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Open and Close Periods page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

Page 361

Page 368: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

4.

Click the Setup: Open/Close link.

5.

Use the Find Periods page to find the period you want to open.

Use the Status field to select Future-Entry from the list and the Period field to enter the date.

Page 362

Page 369: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

6.

Click the Status list.

Page 363

Page 370: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

7.

Click the Future - Entry list item.

Page 364

Page 371: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

8.

Click in the Period field.

9.

Enter the desired information into the Period field. Enter "Nov-07".

10.

Click the Find button.

or Press [Alt+i].

11.

Use the Open and Close Periods page to open a new period.

Page 365

Page 372: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

12.

Click the Open Period button.

or Press [Alt+p].

13.

In the Vision Operations page, open the target period.

Page 366

Page 373: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

14.

Enter the desired information into the Target Period field. Enter "Nov-07".

15.

Click the Open button.

or Press [Alt+O].

16.

Click the Yes button.

or Press [Alt+Y].

17.

When you click the Yes button, the Request ID will display in the Note page.

Page 367

Page 374: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

18.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

19.

You have completed opening a new period using the Open and Close Periods page. End of Procedure.

Archiving JournalsYou can archive and purge account balances, as well as journal batches, entries, lines, and associated journal references for one or more accounting periods, provided the periods are permanently closed. Except for translated balances, you must archive balances or journals before you can purge them.

Your data access set must provide full ledger access to the ledger in order to archive and purge its balances and journals. Full ledger access means that you have full read and write access to the ledger and all of its balancing segment values or management segment values.

To ensure better control over your archiving and purging process, we recommend that you perform your archive and purge in separate steps. If possible, run the archive utility when no users are on the system. This avoids degrading performance and response time during business hours.

In this topic, you will archive journals.

Procedure

Page 368

Page 375: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Archive and Purge page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Setup: System: Purge link.

5.

Use the Archive and Purge page to archive or purge balances, journals, and translated balances.

Page 369

Page 376: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

6.

After you click the Journals tab, Oracle General Ledger automatically displays (in the field, Periods From) the earliest accounting period in your ledger that has not already been successfully archived and purged. You must archive and purge data for your oldest period first.Click the Journals tab.

7.

Click the Archive Journals option.

8.

Click the Balance Type list.

Page 370

Page 377: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

9.

Select the Balance Type you want to archive. You can archive Actual, Budget, or Encumbrance journals.Click the Budget list item.

Page 371

Page 378: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

10.

Click in the Budget field.

11.

If you are archiving budget journals, you must also enter a Budget name. You cannot enter All.Enter the desired information into the Budget field. Enter "TRAINING".

12.

Click the Archive/Purge button.

or Press [Alt+r].

13.

You have archived journals.End of Procedure.

Page 372

Page 379: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Consolidating TransactionsWhen you consolidate transactions, you can only use the Standard Usage type. Oracle General Ledger creates a single consolidation journal batch, consisting of your subsidiary's transactions and their corresponding effective dates. When you post the consolidating journal entries in the parent ledger, Oracle General Ledger updates the standard balances and the corresponding average balances automatically (as they are when you post non–consolidation journal batches).

To consolidate transactions, both your parent and subsidiary ledger must use the same ledger currency.

In this topic, you will consolidate transactions.

Procedure

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Consolidation Definition page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

Page 373

Page 380: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Define: Consolidation link.

5.

Use the Consolidation Definition page to transfer consolidation data from your subsidiary ledger to your parent ledger.

When you create your consolidation definition, you specify a subsidiary and parent ledger and a chart of accounts mapping that maps each ledger's chart of accounts.

Step Action

6.

Click in the Consolidation field.

Page 374

Page 381: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

7.

Enter the desired information into the Consolidation field. Enter "Corporate Training".

8.

Click in the Parent field.

9.

Enter the Parent ledger name.Enter the desired information into the Parent field. Enter "Vision Operations (USA)".

10.

Click in the Currency field.

11.

If you are consolidating transactions, enter the parent's ledger currency.Enter the desired information into the Currency field. Enter "USD".

12.

Click in the Subsidiary field.

13.

Enter the name of the Subsidiary ledger you are consolidating.Enter the desired information into the Subsidiary field. Enter "Vision China".

14.

Click the Method list.

Page 375

Page 382: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

15.

Click the Transactions list item.

Page 376

Page 383: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

16.

Click the Save button.

Page 377

Page 384: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

17.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

18.

Click the Consolidation: Workbench link.

19.

Use the Find Consolidation Processes page to query consolidation and elimination processes. Your query results appear in the Consolidation Workbench. You can complete as many fields as you like to narrow your query.

Page 378

Page 385: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

20.

Your data access set must provide read access to the parent ledger.Click in the Parent Period field.

21.

Enter a consolidation period for Parent ledger.Enter the desired information into the Parent Period field. Enter "AUG-07".

22.

Click the Balance Type list.

Page 379

Page 386: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

23.

You can select Actual, Budget, or Any. Anyone with access to your parent ledger will be able to view consolidated data from your subsidiary ledgers.Click the Actual list item.

Page 380

Page 387: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

24.

Click in the Consolidation Set field.

25.

Enter the desired information into the Consolidation Set field. Enter "Vision Operations Mapping".

26.

Click in the Consolidation field.

27.

Enter the desired information into the Consolidation field. Enter "Project Mfg To Operations (USD)".

28.

Click in the Subsidiary field.

Page 381

Page 388: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

29.

Enter the desired information into the Subsidiary field. Enter "Vision Project Mfg".

Step Action

30.

Click in the Status field.

Page 382

Page 389: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

31.

Enter the desired information into the Status field. Enter "Posted".

32.

Click the Find button.

or Press [Alt+i].

33.

Use the Consolidation Workbench page to generate, post, or reverse consolidation transactions.

You can also monitor the activity of all your subsidiaries to display the status of each process you submit.

Page 383

Page 390: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

34.

Click the Transfer button.

or Press [Alt+r].

35.

Use the Transfer Consolidation Data page to transfer the data from some or all of the subsidiaries whose consolidation definitions you have included in a consolidation set.

Page 384

Page 391: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

36.

Click in the Consolidation field.

37.

Enter a Consolidation Set name.Enter the desired information into the Consolidation field. Enter "Operations to Corporate".

38.

Click in the Subsidiary: Period field.

39.

If your parent and subsidiaries share the same accounting calendar, enter the default Subsidiary Period and the Parent Standard Period.Enter the desired information into the Subsidiary: Period field. Enter "Aug-07".

40.

Click in the Parent: Standard Period field.

Page 385

Page 392: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

41.

Enter the desired information into the Parent: Standard Period field. Enter "Aug-07".

42.

Click the Transfer button to submit a concurrent program to transfer yoursubsidiary data.Click the Transfer button.

or Press [Alt+n].

43.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

44.

You have consolidated transactions.End of Procedure.

Consolidating BalancesTo consolidate average balances when you are using the balances consolidation method, you must use an average balance consolidation ledger. You specify whether a ledger can be used for average balance consolidation purposes at the same time thatyou define your ledger.

Average Balance Consolidation ledgers, unlike other ledgers where average balance processing is enabled, do not enforce a link between standard and average balances. As a result, you can update standard and average balances independently. In ledgers that are not defined as average balance consolidation ledgers, both standard and average balances are updated automatically whenever transactions are posted.

You can consolidate standard or average balances independently into an average balance consolidation ledger. You can also consolidate standard and average balances in a single consolidation run. When you run your consolidation, General Ledger will create two consolidation journal batches:• Standard-updates standard balances without affecting average balances.• Average-updates average balances without affecting standard balances.

In this topic, you will consolidate balances.

Page 386

Page 393: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Procedure

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Consolidation Definition page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Define: Consolidation link.

5.

Use the Consolidation Definition page to transfer consolidation data from your subsidiary ledger to your parent ledger. When you create your consolidation definition, you specify a subsidiary and parent ledger and a chart of accounts mapping that maps each ledger's chart of accounts.

Page 387

Page 394: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

6.

Click in the Consolidation field.

7.

Enter the desired information into the Consolidation field. Enter "Corporate Training (Balances)".

8.

Click in the Ledger: Parent field.

9.

Enter the Parent ledger name.Enter the desired information into the Ledger: Parent field. Enter "Vision Operations (USA)".

10.

Click in the Ledger: Currency field.

Page 388

Page 395: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

11.

If you are consolidating balances, enter the parent's ledger currency.Enter the desired information into the Ledger: Currency field. Enter "USD".

12.

Click in the Ledger: Subsidiary field.

13.

Enter the name of the Subsidiary ledger you are consolidating.Enter the desired information into the Ledger: Subsidiary field. Enter "Vision China".

14.

Click the Save button.

Page 389

Page 396: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

15.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

16.

Click the Consolidation: Workbench link.

17.

Use the Find Consolidation Processes page to query consolidation and elimination processes. Your query results appear in the Consolidation Workbench. You can complete as many fields as you like to narrow your query.

Step Action

18.

Your data access set must provide read access to the parent ledger.Click in the Parent Period field.

Page 390

Page 397: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

19.

Enter a consolidation period for the Parent ledger.Enter the desired information into the Parent Period field. Enter "AUG-07".

20.

Click the Balance Type list.

Step Action

21.

You can select Actual, Budget, or Any. Anyone with access to your parent ledger will be able to view consolidated data from your subsidiary ledgers.Click the Actual list item.

Page 391

Page 398: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

22.

Click in the Consolidation Set field.

23.

Enter the desired information into the Consolidation Set field. Enter "Vision Operations Mapping".

24.

Click in the Consolidation field.

25.

Enter the desired information into the Consolidation field. Enter "Project Mfg To Operations (USD)".

26.

Click in the Subsidiary field.

Page 392

Page 399: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

27.

Enter the desired information into the Subsidiary field. Enter "Vision Project Mfg".

Step Action

28.

Click in the Status field.

Page 393

Page 400: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

29.

Enter the desired information into the Status field. Enter "Posted".

30.

Click the Find button.

or Press [Alt+i].

31.

Use the Consolidation Workbench page to generate, post, or reverse consolidation balances.

You can also monitor the activity of all your subsidiaries to display the status of each process you submit.

Page 394

Page 401: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

32.

Click the Transfer button.

or Press [Alt+r].

33.

Use the Transfer Consolidation Data page to transfer the data from some or all of the subsidiaries whose consolidation definitions you have included in a consolidation set.

Page 395

Page 402: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

34.

Click in the Consolidation field.

35.

Enter a Consolidation Set name.Enter the desired information into the Consolidation field. Enter "Operations to Corporate".

36.

Click in the Subsidiary: Period field.

37.

If your parent and subsidiaries share the same accounting calendar, enter the default Subsidiary Period and the Parent Standard Period.Enter the desired information into the Subsidiary: Period field. Enter "Aug-07".

38.

Click in the Parent: Standard Period field.

Page 396

Page 403: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

39.

Enter the desired information into the Parent: Standard Period field. Enter "Aug-07".

40.

To submit a concurrent program to transfer yoursubsidiary data.Click the Transfer button.

or Press [Alt+n].

41.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

42.

You have consolidated balances.End of Procedure.

Page 397

Page 404: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Financial ReportingFinancial Reporting includes information on running simple reports, using the Financial Statement Generator, security rules, and viewing ledger sets.

Upon completion of this lesson, you will be able to: • Run simple reports.• Use the Financial Statement Generator (FSG).• View ledger sets.

Running Simple ReportsSimple Reports consist of a few headings to describe the information in the report, followed by the report data, which is often presented in tabular form as a series of intersecting rows and columns similar to what you might create in a spreadsheet. The rows and columns determine the values which appear in the body of a simple report, by virtue of the attributes those rows and columns possess.

You can request reports from the Run Individual Reports page or through standard request submission (Submit Requests page).

In this topic, you will run a simple report using the Run Individual Reports page.

Procedure

Page 398

Page 405: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Define Financial Report page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Report: Report link.

5.

The Define Financial Report page enables you to define a report by specifying the report objects that the Financial Statement Generator (FSC) must use to build the report.

Once you define and save a report, you can use it any time to run the report, define a report set, or copy and save it as a new report.

Page 399

Page 406: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

6.

Click in the Report field.

7.

Enter the desired information into the Report field. Enter "GL Operations Report".

8.

Click in the Title field.

9.

Enter the desired information into the Title field. Enter "Vision Operations Report for GL".

10.

Click in the Description field.

11.

Enter the desired information into the Description field. Enter "12 Months".

Page 400

Page 407: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

12.

Simple reports are defined by a row set and a standard column set. Optionally, you can specify your own custom column set.

13.

Click in the Required Components: Row Set field.

14.

Enter the desired information into the Required Components: Row Set field. Enter "Vision Ops Transactions".

15.

Click in the Required Components: Column Set field.

16.

Enter the desired information into the Required Components: Column Set field. Enter "12 Month Review".

17.

Click the Rounding Option list.

Page 401

Page 408: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

18.

Click the Calculate Then Round list item.

Page 402

Page 409: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

19.

Click the Output Option list.

Page 403

Page 410: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

20.

Click the Spreadsheet list item.

21.

You can optionally add a content set, row order, and or display set to enhance the report or refine the information in the report.

Page 404

Page 411: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

22.

Click the Run Report button.

or Press [Alt+R].

23.

Once you define and save a report, you can run it anytime using the Run Individual Reports page.Click the Yes button.

or Press [Alt+Y].

24.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

Page 405

Page 412: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

25.

Click the Submit button.

or Press [Alt+S].

26.

You have completed the Running Simple Reports procedure.End of Procedure.

Using the Financial Statement Generator (FSG)Financial Statement Generator (FSG) is a powerful report building tool for Oracle General Ledger. With FSG, you can:• Generate financial reports, such as income statements and balance sheets, based upon data in your general ledger across a ledger set or a ledger.• Generate presentation quality financial reports with XML Publisher so that you can have more control with report formatting options, including changing font characteristics, inserting graphical images or logos, and adding color.• Generate presentation quality financial reports with XML Publisher so you have more control with report formatting options, including changing font characteristics, inserting graphical images or logos, and adding color.

Page 406

Page 413: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

• Define segment value security rules to restrict financial information contained in FSG report output generated by specific users and responsibilities.• Define your reports with reusable report objects, making it easy to create new reports from the components of reports you've already defined.• Design custom financial reports to meet specific business needs.

In this topic, you will define a report using the Financial Statement Generator.

Procedure

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Define Financial Report page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

Page 407

Page 414: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

4.

Click the Report: Report link.

5.

The Define Financial Report page enables you to define the report parameters.

Step Action

6.

Click in the Report field.

7.

Enter the desired information into the Report field. Enter "GL Operations Reports".

8.

Click in the Title field.

9.

Enter the desired information into the Title field. Enter "Vision Operations Reports for GL".

Page 408

Page 415: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

10.

Define row sets to specify the format and content of your report rows. Typicalrow sets include line items, accounts, and calculation rows for totals.

11.

Define column sets to specify the format and content of your report columns.

Typical column sets include headings, currency assignments, amount types, and calculation columns for totals.

12.

Click in the Required Components: Row Set field.

13.

Enter the desired information into the Required Components: Row Set field. Enter "Vision Ops Transactions".

14.

Click in the Required Components: Column Set field.

15.

Enter the desired information into the Required Components: Column Set field. Enter "12 Month Review".

16.

Define any optional report objects you need for special format reports or report distribution.

17.

Click the Other Options: Output Option list.

Page 409

Page 416: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

18.

Click the XML list item.

Page 410

Page 417: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

19.

Once you define and save a report, you can run it anytime using the Run Individual Reports page.Click the Run Report button.

or Press [Alt+R].

20.

Click the Yes button.

or Press [Alt+Y].

21.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

Page 411

Page 418: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

22.

Click the Submit button.

or Press [Alt+S].

23.

You have completed the Using the Financial Statement Generator procedure.End of Procedure.

Viewing Ledger SetsLedger Sets enable you to group multiple ledgers that share the same Chart of Accounts (COA) and calendar combination. Essentially, Ledger Sets allow you to treat multiple ledgers as one. For example, you can open and close periods for multiple ledgers in a ledger set in a single submission by submitting the new Open and Close Periods programs from the Submit Request page.

You need perform an Account Inquiry to retrieve balances by ledger and account. You can compare the same account balance across multiple ledgers and ledger currencies.

Page 412

Page 419: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

When querying on ledger sets, you can view account balances by ledger. The balance is not a summation across multiple ledgers. To obtain a summation across ledgers, you must use Financial Statement Generator.

The same ledger can belong to multiple ledger sets, and ledger sets can contain other ledger sets.

In this topic, you will review the ledger set.

Procedure

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Account Inquiry page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

Page 413

Page 420: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

4.

Click the Inquiry: Account link.

5.

Use the Account Inquiry page to perform an account inquiry on ledger sets to view actual or encumbrance account balances across multiple ledgers that are assigned to a ledger set.

Step Action

6.

Enter the range of accounting periods for your inquiry.Click in the Accounting Periods: From field.

7.

Enter the desired information into the Accounting Periods: From field. Enter "Aug-06".

8.

Click in the Accounting Periods: To field.

9.

Click in the Accounts: Drilldown Record Indicator field.

Page 414

Page 421: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

10.

Use the Find Accounts page to search for the detail accounts you want to query. Enter the low and high account range to include the desired accounts.

11.

Enter the desired information into the Company: Low field. Enter "01".

12.

Click in the Department: Low field.

13.

Enter the desired information into the Department: Low field. Enter "000".

14.

Click in the Account: Low field.

15.

Enter the desired information into the Account: Low field. Enter "1570".

16.

Click in the Sub-Account: Low field.

17.

Enter the desired information into the Sub-Account: Low field. Enter "0000".

18.

Click in the Product: Low field.

19.

Enter the desired information into the Product: Low field. Enter "000".

20.

Click the OK button.

Page 415

Page 422: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

or Press [Alt+O].

21.

Click the Show Balances button.

or Press [Alt+B].

22.

Use the Detail Balances page to review balances for the current account and ledgers based on your inquiry criteria.

Step Action

23.

Click the Close button.

Page 416

Page 423: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

24.

You have reviewed the ledger set.End of Procedure.

Page 417

Page 424: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

MaintenanceMaintenance includes information on defining, submitting, reversing, purging, and reviewing Move/Merge requests.

Upon completion of this lesson, you will be able to: • Define a Move/Merge request.• Submit a Move/Merge request.• Create new accounts with Mass Creation.

Defining a Move/Merge RequestA move operation transfers balances from one or more source accounts to one or more target accounts. A merge operation transfers balances from multiple source accounts into one or more target accounts.

The first step in the process of a move or merge request is to define the request.

In this topic, you will define a move/merge request.

Procedure

Page 418

Page 425: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Mass Maintenance Workbench page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Setup: Other: Mass Maintenance link.

5.

The Mass Maintenance Workbench page enables you to enter a move/merge request.

Page 419

Page 426: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

6.

Click in the Request field.

7.

Enter the desired information into the Request field. Enter "CEO Consolidation".

8.

Click in the Description field.

9.

Enter the desired information into the Description field. Enter "Consolidation of CEO Budgets".

10.

In the Ledger field, select a ledger or ledger set.Your data access set must provide full ledger access to the ledger or ledger set. Full ledger access means having full read and write access to the ledger and all of its balancing segment values or management segment values.

11.

Click in the Ledger Name field.

12.

Enter the desired information into the Ledger Name field. Enter "Vision Operations (USA)".

13.

Enter a Line number for the source-to-target account specification.

14.

Enter a unique Source account specification from which to move/merge balances. You can also select your account segment values from the list of values.

15.

Click in the Accounts: Source Account field.

16.

Enter the desired information into the Accounts: Source Account field. Enter "01-CEO-1550-0000-000".

17.

Enter the Target account specification to which you want to move/merge balances. You can also select your account segment values from the list of values.

Page 420

Page 427: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

18.

Click in the Accounts: Target Account field.

19.

Enter the desired information into the Accounts: Target Account field. Enter "01-CEO-7350-0000-000".

20.

Click the Prevalidate button to run the prevalidation process.

Review the execution report and correct any errors before submitting the move/merge request.Click the Prevalidate button.

or Press [Alt+a].

21.

Click the Yes button.

or Press [Alt+Y].

22.

You have completed the Defining a Move/Merge Request procedure.End of Procedure.

Submitting a Move/Merge RequestA move operation transfers balances from one or more source accounts to one or more target accounts. A merge operation transfers balances from multiple source accounts into one or more target accounts.

The first step in the process of a move or merge request is to define the request. The second step is to submit the request for processing.

In this topic, you will submit a move/merge request.

Procedure

Page 421

Page 428: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Mass Maintenance Workbench page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Setup: Other: Mass Maintenance link.

5.

The Mass Maintenance Workbench page enables you to submit a move/merge request.

Page 422

Page 429: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

6.

Select Move/Merge as the Request Type.Click in the Request field.

7.

Enter the desired information into the Request field. Enter "CEO Consolidation".

8.

Click in the Description field.

9.

Enter the desired information into the Description field. Enter "Consolidation of CEO Budgets".

10.

In the Ledger field, select a ledger or ledger set.Your data access set must provide full ledger access to the ledger or ledger set. Full ledger access means having full read and write access to the ledger and all of its balancing segment values or management segment values.Click in the Ledger Name field.

11.

Enter the desired information into the Ledger Name field. Enter "Vision Operations (USA)".

Page 423

Page 430: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

12.

Enter a Line number for the source-to-target account specification.Enter the desired information into the Accounts: Line Number field. Enter "01".

13.

Enter a unique Source account specification from which to move/merge balances. You can also select your account segment values from the list of values.Click in the Accounts: Source Account field.

14.

Enter the desired information into the Accounts: Source Account field. Enter "01-CEO-1550-0000-000".

15.

Enter the Target account specification to which you want to move/merge balances. You can also select your account segment values from the list of values.Click in the Accounts: Target Account field.

16.

Enter the desired information into the Accounts: Target Account field. Enter "01-CEO-7350-0000-000".

17.

Click the Submit button.

or Press [Alt+u].

18.

Click the Submit button.

or Press [Alt+u].

19.

Click the Yes button.

or Press [Alt+Y].

20.

You have completed the Submitting a Move/Merge Request procedure.End of Procedure.

Page 424

Page 431: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Creating New Accounts with Mass CreationUse Mass Maintenance's mass creation feature to create new accounts automatically based on existing accounts. For example, if you add a new cost center to your organization you can use mass creation to create all the accounts you need based uponone of your other cost centers.

In this topic, you will create new accounts using the mass creation feature.

Procedure

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Mass Maintenance Workbench page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

Page 425

Page 432: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Setup: Other: Mass Maintenance link.

5.

The Mass Maintenance Workbench page enables you to create new accounts using the mass creation feature.

Step Action

6.

Click the Mass Creation option.

7.

Enter a Request name and Description for your mass creation.Click in the Request field.

8.

Enter the desired information into the Request field. Enter "New GL Accounts".

Page 426

Page 433: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

9.

Click in the Description field.

10.

Enter the desired information into the Description field. Enter "January 2008".

11.

Enter a Line number for the source-to-target account specification.Click in the Accounts: Line Number field.

12.

Enter the desired information into the Accounts: Line Number field. Enter "01".

13.

Enter a Source account specification to use to model your target accounts. You can also select your account segment values from the list of values.Click in the Accounts: Source Account field.

14.

Enter the desired information into the Accounts: Source Account field. Enter "03-000-1110-1300-140".

15.

Enter the Target account specification for the accounts you want to create. You can also select your account segment values from the list of values.Click in the Accounts: Target Account field.

16.

Enter the desired information into the Accounts: Target Account field. Enter "01-000-1110-0000-000".

17.

Click the Submit button.

or Press [Alt+u].

18.

Click the Yes button.

or Press [Alt+Y].

Page 427

Page 434: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

19.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

20.

You have completed the Creating New Accounts with Mass Creation procedure.End of Procedure.

Page 428

Page 435: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Global Consolidation SystemGlobal Consolidation System includes information on the Consolidation Workbench, transferring subsidiary data to your parent, creating eliminating entries, and purging consolidation audit data.

Upon completion of this lesson, you will be able to:• Use the Consolidation Workbench.• Transfer subsidiary data to your parent.• Create eliminating entries.• Purge consolidation audit data.

Using the Consolidation WorkbenchThe Consolidation Workbench provides a central point of control for consolidating an unlimited number of subsidiaries to your parent, while keeping you informed about each subsidiary's consolidation status. The workbench also monitors subsidiary account balances for any changes that occur after the subsidiary data has already been transferred to your parent ledger.

In this topic, you will use the consolidation workbench.

Procedure

Page 429

Page 436: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Find Consolidation Processes page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

5.

Click the Consolidation: Workbench link.

6.

The Find Consolidation Processes page enables you to query consolidation and elimination processes.

Your query results appear in the Consolidation Workbench.

Page 430

Page 437: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

7.

Select a parent from the list of values. Your data access set must provide read access to this parent ledger.Click in the Parent field.

8.

Enter the desired information into the Parent field. Enter "Vision Operations (USA)".

9.

Enter or choose a consolidation period from the list of values.Click in the Parent Period field.

10.

Enter the desired information into the Parent Period field. Enter "Dec-04".

11.

Click the Find button.

or Press [Alt+i].

12.

The Consolidation Workbench monitors the activity of all your subsidiaries to display the status of each process you submit.

Page 431

Page 438: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

13.

Click in the Subsidiary field.

14.

Click the Review Journal button.

or Press [Alt+J].

15.

The Batch page enables you to review or modify theconsolidation journal batch.

Page 432

Page 439: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

16.

Click the Journals button.

or Press [Alt+J].

17.

The Journals page displays the list of journals in the selected batch.

Page 433

Page 440: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

18.

Click the Close button.

Page 434

Page 441: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

19.

Click the Close button.

Page 435

Page 442: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

20.

Click the Close button.

21.

You have completed the Using the Consolidation Workbench procedure.End of Procedure.

Transferring Subsidiary Data to Your ParentYou can transfer the balances or transactions to be consolidated from your subsidiary ledger to your parent. General Ledger accumulates your subsidiary information based on the chart of accounts mapping and consolidation rules you defined, and stores the consolidation data.

In this topic, you will transfer subsidiary data to your parent ledger.

Procedure

Page 436

Page 443: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Transfer Consolidation Data page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Consolidation: Transfer: Data link.

5.

The Transfer Consolidation Data page enables you to transfer subsidiary data to the parent ledger.

Page 437

Page 444: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

6.

Select the consolidation definition you want to transfer. The definition must use the balances consolidation method.Click in the Consolidation field.

7.

Enter the desired information into the Consolidation field. Enter "Project Mfg To Operations (USD)".

8.

Enter the Amount Type of balances you want to consolidate, such as year-to-date (YTD) or period-to-date (PTD).Click in the Amount Type field.

9.

Enter the desired information into the Amount Type field. Enter "YTD".

10.

Enter the subsidiary's accounting Period that you want to consolidate.Click in the Subsidiary: Period field.

11.

Enter the desired information into the Subsidiary: Period field. Enter "Dec-04".

Page 438

Page 445: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

12.

Enter the Standard Period to which you want to consolidate in your parent ledger. You can consolidate to any period that is open or future enterable.Click in the Parent: Standard Period field.

13.

Enter the desired information into the Parent: Standard Period field. Enter "Adj-05".

14.

Click the Transfer button to launch a concurrent process to transfer your subsidiary data to your parent.Click the Transfer button.

or Press [Alt+n].

15.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

16.

You have completed the Transferring Subsidiary Data to Your Parent procedure.End of Procedure.

Creating Elimination EntriesYou can use General Ledger's standard journal entry functions to create eliminating entries in your parent ledger.

In this topic, you will enter elimination entries.

Procedure

Page 439

Page 446: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Elimination Set page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Consolidation: Elimin: Define link.

5.

Define an eliminating entry by first creating an elimination set. Your set can contain a single elimination entry, or you can group related entries into the same elimination set. For example, you can logically group all subsidiaries which belong to a particular lineof business.

Use the Elimination Set page to create an elimination set.

Page 440

Page 447: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

6.

Select a ledger. You can define eliminations for any ledger that shares the same chart of accounts as your data access set.Click in the Ledger/Ledger Set field.

7.

Enter the desired information into the Ledger/Ledger Set field. Enter "Vision Operations (USA)".

8.

Enter a batch name for your elimination set. This name represents a batch of one ormore elimination journals for a particular ledger.Click in the Elimination Set field.

9.

Enter the desired information into the Elimination Set field. Enter "Mar 02 Subsidiary Elimination Set".

10.

Select a balancing segment value from the list of values to represent an Elimination Company. This company is used as the target company when booking elimination entries. The description of the company is automatically provided.Click in the Elimination Company field.

Page 441

Page 448: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

11.

Enter the desired information into the Elimination Company field. Enter "95".

12.

The Track Elimination Status option enables you to indicate if you want the elimination set to be a part of the checklist for determining which eliminations arecompleted for the period.

13.

Enter effective from and to dates to specify when the elimination set is active.Click in the Effective Dates: From field.

14.

Enter the desired information into the Effective Dates: From field. Enter "01-Mar-2002".

15.

Click in the Effective Dates: To field.

16.

Enter the desired information into the Effective Dates: To field. Enter "31-MAR-2002".

Page 442

Page 449: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

17.

Now enter the elimination journals for the elimination set.Click the Accounts button.

18.

The Elimination Accounts page enables you to enter elimination journals.

19.

Enter a journal name for your elimination entry to uniquely identify an elimination journal within the elimination batch.Enter the desired information into the Accounts field. Enter "Operations".

20.

The Category is automatically defined as Elimination.

21.

Select a currency from the list of values. You have two choices: the consolidatedparent's ledger currency or STAT. The currency you specify is for both source and target accounts.Click in the Currency field.

Page 443

Page 450: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

22.

Enter the desired information into the Currency field. Enter "USD".

23.

In the Amount Type field, enter the balance type to derive the eliminations from. Possible values include PTD, QTD, YTD, and PJTD.Click in the Amount Type field.

24.

Enter the desired information into the Amount Type field. Enter "PTD".

25.

Click in the Accounts: Line Number field.

26.

Enter the desired information into the Accounts: Line Number field. Enter "01".

27.

Specify the source. The source account balance will be fully eliminated into the target account. For each account segment, select a detail account value, a parent account value, or leave the segment blank.Click in the Accounts: Source Account field.

28.

Enter the desired information into the Accounts: Source Account field. Enter "03-000-1110-1300-140".

29.

Specify a target account for your elimination entry. For each account segment, select a detail account value or leave the segment blank.Click in the Accounts: Target Account field.

30.

Enter the desired information into the Accounts: Target Account field. Enter "95-000-1110-1300-140".

31.

Click the Save button.

Page 444

Page 451: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

32.

Click the Close button.

33.

You have completed the Creating Elimination Entries procedure.End of Procedure.

Purging Consolidation Audit DataWhen you run a consolidation in audit mode, General Ledger maintains an audit trail for the Consolidation Audit Report, the Unmapped Subsidiary Accounts Report, and the Disabled Parent Accounts Report. After you run these reports, you can purge supporting source data from the GL_CONSOLIDATION_AUDIT table.

Once you purge your consolidation audit data, you can no longer run the consolidation audit reports. However, you can still review your consolidation journal batch in your parent ledger.

In this topic, you will purge consolidation audit data.

Procedure

Page 445

Page 452: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Purge Consolidation Audit Data page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Consolidation: Purge link.

5.

The Purge Consolidation Audit Data page enables you to purge audit data.

Page 446

Page 453: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

6.

Click in the Consolidation field.

7.

Enter the desired information into the Consolidation field. Enter "Project Mfg To Operations (USD)".

8.

Click in the Period field.

9.

Enter the desired information into the Period field. Enter "Jan-98".

10.

Click the Purge button.

or Press [Alt+P].

11.

You have completed the Purging Consolidation Audit Data procedure.End of Procedure.

Page 447

Page 454: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Page 448

Page 455: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Multi-CurrencyMulti-Currency includes information on managing currencies and currency rates, and using the Currency Rates Manager.

Upon completion of this lesson, you will be able to: • Define foreign currencies.• Define currency cross rates.• Enter a journal with conversion rounding differences.• Use the Currency Rates Manager.

Defining Foreign CurrenciesUse the Currencies page to define non-ISO (International Standards Organization) currencies, and to enable disable currencies. Oracle Applications has predefined all currencies specified in ISO standard #4217.

Note: U.S. Dollars (USD) is the only currency that is enabled initially. Therefore, to use a currency other than U.S. Dollars (USD), you must enable the currency.

In this procedure, you use the Currencies page to define currencies.

Procedure

Page 449

Page 456: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Currencies page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Setup: Currencies: Define link.

5.

Use the Currencies page to define a currency.

6.

In the Code Field, you must enter a unique code to represent your currency.

Note: You cannot change a currency code after you enable it, even if you disable the currency at a later time.

Page 450

Page 457: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

7.

Click in the Code field.

8.

Enter the desired information into the Code field. Enter "SDG".

9.

Click in the Name field.

10.

Enter the desired information into the Name field. Enter "Sudanese Pound (Dinar no longer used)".

11.

Click in the Description field.

12.

Enter the desired information into the Description field. Enter "Sudanese Pound".

Page 451

Page 458: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

13.

In the Issuing Territory field, you can optionally select the name of the Issuing Territory.

Note: Oracle Applications has predefined the names of countries (per ISO Standard #3166) that issue standardcurrencies.

14.

Click in the Issuing Territory field.

15.

Enter the desired information into the Issuing Territory field. Enter "Sudan".

16.

In the Symbol field, you enter the symbol for your currency.

Note: Some Oracle Applications use currency symbols when displaying amounts; others, such as Oracle General Ledger, do not.

17.

Click in the Symbol field.

18.

Enter the desired information into the Symbol field. Enter "SDG".

19.

The Precision and Extended Precision fields enable you to designate the number of digits to the right of the decimal point.

The Precision field is used to designate the number of decimal digits used in regular currency transactions.

The Extended Precision field is used to designate the number of digits to the right of the decimal point used in calculations for this currency. The extended precision must be greater than or equal to the standard precision.

20.

Click the horizontal scrollbar.

21.

The Minimum Accountable Unit field enables you to designate the smallest denomination usedin this currency.

Note: This unit may not correspond to the precision.

Page 452

Page 459: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

22.

Click in the Minimum Accountable Unit field.

23.

Enter the desired information into the Minimum Accountable Unit field. Enter ".1".

24.

Click the horizontal scrollbar.

25.

Click in the From field.

26.

Enter the desired information into the From field. Enter "01-Jan-2007".

27.

Click the Save button.

28.

You have completed the Defining Currencies procedure.End of Procedure.

Defining Currency Cross RatesYou use the Currency Rates Manager page to automatically assign a currency rate when you do any of the of the following:• Convert foreign currency journal amounts to your ledger currency equivalents• Run Revaluation• Run Translation or Re-measurement

In this procedure, you will use the Currency Rates Manager page to defining a currency cross rate.

Procedure

Page 453

Page 460: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Currency Rates Manager page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Rate Types link.

5.

The Currency Rates Manager page enables you set up currency rate types, as well as enter daily conversion rates for specific combinations of foreign currency, date, and conversion rate type. When you enter a foreign currency journal, Oracle General Ledger automatically displays the predefined exchange rate based on the currency, rate type (unless you are using the User rate type), and conversion date you enter.

Note: If you want to enter different daily rates for the same combination of from-currency, to-currency, and conversion date, you must define separate conversion rate types.

Page 454

Page 461: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

6.

Click the Create Rate Type button.

7.

You enter a conversion rate type in the Rate Type field.

The rate type is a parameter that associates contra currencies with the pivot currency.

8.

Click in the Rate Type field.

9.

Enter the desired information into the Rate Type field. Enter "UPK Rate".

10.

Click in the Description field.

11.

Enter the desired information into the Description field. Enter "UPK Private Rate".

Page 455

Page 462: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

12.

Cross rates are calculated conversion rates based on defined currency rate relationships. The system will calculate cross rates based on the cross rate rule you define.

A cross rate rule is associated with a conversion rate type and consists of a rate type, pivot currency, and contra currencies.

13.

The Pivot Currency field is the central currency that interacts with contra currencies.

14.

Click in the Pivot Currency field.

15.

Enter the desired information into the Pivot Currency field. Enter "CAD".

16.

Click the Add Another Row button.

17.

You use the Contra Currencies field to enter the currencies that have a rate relationship with the pivot currency.

18.

Enter the desired information into the Contra Currency field. Enter "USD".

19.

Click the Add Another Row button.

20.

Click in the Contra Currency field.

21.

Enter the desired information into the Contra Currency field. Enter "GBP".

Page 456

Page 463: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

22.

Click the Apply button.

23.

You have completed the Defining Currency Cross Rates procedure.End of Procedure.

Entering a Journal with Conversion Rounding DifferencesConversion rounding refers to the currency amounts that are converted and accounted for using the same rounding rules used throughout Oracle Applications products. The reporting currency also considers several factors that are a part of all the currencies predefined in Oracle Applications, including the following:• Currency Precision: the number of digits to the right of the decimal point used in regular currency transactions.• Extended Precision: the number of digits to the right of the decimal point used in calculations for the currency.• Minimum Accountable Unit: the smallest denomination used in the currency. Note: This might not correspond to the precision.

In this procedure, you will enter a foreign currency journal entry in the Enter Journals page that requires conversion rounding.

Procedure

Page 457

Page 464: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Enter Journals page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the Journals: Enter link.

Page 458

Page 465: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

4.

Click the New Journal button.

or Press [Alt+J].

5.

Use the Journals page to enter journal transactions.

6.

When a standard foreign currency journal is created in Oracle General Ledger, the conversion to the ledger currency or reporting currency may result in rounding differences (the difference between the debit and credit amounts).

There are two methods in which rounding differences are handled in Oracle General Ledger when a standard foreign currency journal is created:•If you have not specified a rounding imbalances account in the source ledger, the rounding difference is posted to the journal line with the largest amount.• If you have specified a rounding imbalances account, the rounding difference isposted to the rounding imbalances account.

Page 459

Page 466: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

7.

Enter the desired information into the Journal field. Enter "Adjustment".

8.

Click in the Description field.

9.

Enter the desired information into the Description field. Enter "Journal with Rounding Differences".

10.

Click in the Conversion: Currency field.

11.

Enter the desired information into the Conversion: Currency field. Enter "CAD".

12.

Click in the Conversion: Type field.

Page 460

Page 467: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

13.

Enter the desired information into the Conversion: Type field. Enter "User".

14.

Click in the Conversion: Rate field.

15.

Enter the desired information into the Conversion: Rate field. Enter ".97".

16.

Click in the Line field.

17.

Enter the desired information into the Line field. Enter "10".

18.

Click in the Account field.

19.

Enter the desired information into the Account field. Enter "01-140-7640-0000-000".

20.

Click in the Debit field.

21.

In the Debit field, you will enter the debit amount in a single entry.

22.

Enter the desired information into the Entered: Debit field. Enter "51.12".

23.

Click in the Line field.

Page 461

Page 468: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

24.

You will split the credit entry across two accounts.

25.

Enter the desired information into the Account field. Enter "01-210-7640-0000-000".

26.

Click in the Credit field.

27.

Enter the desired information into the Credit field. Enter "50.27".

28.

Click in the Line field.

29.

Enter the desired information into the Account field. Enter "01-110-7640-0000-000".

30.

Click in the Credit field.

31.

Enter the desired information into the Credit field. Enter ".85".

32.

Click the Save button.

33.

Notice that the credits equal the debits in the CAD currency. However, the US conversion shows a one cent rounding difference.

34.

Click the Yes button.

Page 462

Page 469: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

or Press [Alt+Y].

35.

Click the Post button.

or Press [Alt+P].

36.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

37.

Click the Find... button.

Page 463

Page 470: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

38.

Click in the Journal field.

39.

Enter the desired information into the Journal field. Enter "Adjustment".

40.

Click the Find button.

or Press [Alt+i].

Step Action

41.

Click in the Line field.

Page 464

Page 471: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

42.

After posting the journal and retrieving it for review, notice that the system automatically accounted for the rounding error by crediting the adjustment account one cent.

43.

You have completed the Entering a Journal with Conversion Rounding Differences procedure.End of Procedure.

Using the Currency Rates ManagerThe Currency Rates Manager enables you to manage all of your currency rate information in one place. You can enter Daily Rates, upload Daily Rates or Historical Rates from a spreadsheet to Oracle General Ledger, download Historical Rates to a spreadsheet for a review only or update and modify the Historical Rates, you can Review Period Rates and historical rates using a web interface, and create Cross Rates that are calculated conversion rates based on defined currency rate relationships.

In this topic, you will create daily rates using the Currency Rates Manager page.

Procedure

Page 465

Page 472: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Currency Rates Manager page. Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Daily Rates link.

5.

In the Currency Rates Manager page, select the Daily Rates tab to perform foreign currency journal conversions, revaluation, and translation or remeasurement.

You can maintain daily conversion rates between any two currencies that are enabled in your applications instance. In addition, you can enter a single exchange rate for a range of dates in the Enter Rates By Date Range window. The date range can span multiple days or periods.

6.

In the From Currency field, enter the currency from which you want to convert using the rates you enter.

Page 466

Page 473: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

7.

Click in the From Currency field.

8.

Enter the desired information into the From Currency field. Enter "SDG".

9.

In the To Currency field, enter the currency to which you want to convert.

Note: If you enter the same currency that you entered in the From Currency field, you will receive an error.

10.

Click in the To Currency field.

11.

Enter the desired information into the To Currency field. Enter "USD".

Page 467

Page 474: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

12.

In the Start Date and End Date fields, enter the dates to span your desired date range.

13.

Click in the Start Date field.

14.

Enter the desired information into the Start Date field. Enter "01-Jan-2007".

15.

Click in the End Date field.

16.

Enter the desired information into the End Date field. Enter "01-Jan-2007".

17.

Click the Go button.

18.

Click the Home link.

19.

To create your daily rates, you will navigate back to the Currency Rates Manager page, select the Daily Rates tab, and then access the Create Daily Rates page.

Page 468

Page 475: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

20.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

21.

Click the Daily Rates link.

Page 469

Page 476: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

22.

Click the Create Daily Rates button.

23.

In Create Daily Rates, enter the currencies you specified in the From Currency and To Currency fields.

24.

Enter the desired information into the From Currency field. Enter "SDG".

25.

Click in the To Currency field.

26.

Enter the desired information into the To Currency field. Enter "USD".

Page 470

Page 477: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

27.

Click in the Start Date field.

28.

Enter the desired information into the Start Date field. Enter "31-Jan-2007".

29.

Click in the End Date field.

30.

Enter the desired information into the End Date field. Enter "31-Jan-2007".

31.

To create your daily rates, select Daily Rate in the Rate Type field.

32.

Click the Rate Type list.

33.

Click the Daily Rate list item.

34.

Click in the Rate field.

35.

Enter the desired information into the Rate field. Enter "25".

36.

Click the Apply button.

Page 471

Page 478: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

37.

Click the Home link.

Page 472

Page 479: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

38.

To view the status of your request, navigate to Other and click the Requests link.Click the vertical scrollbar.

39.

Click the Other: Requests link.

40.

Use the Find Requests page to query for the Request ID.

Page 473

Page 480: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

41.

Click the Specific Requests option.

42.

Click in the Request ID field.

43.

Enter the desired information into the Request ID field. Enter "5175562".

44.

Click the Find button.

or Press [Alt+i].

45.

You have completed creating daily rates using the Currency Rates Manager page.End of Procedure.

Page 474

Page 481: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Page 475

Page 482: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Journal or Subledger Level Reporting CurrenciesJournal or Subledger-Level Reporting Currencies includes information on entering and reporting currencies.

Upon completion of this lesson, you will be able to: • Enter reporting currencies.• Use reporting currencies.

Entering Reporting CurrenciesReporting Currencies are integrated with ledgers. You specify the reporting currency as a part of the ledger with which you are working.

If you use Reporting Currencies, (Journal or Subledger Level), when you post the original journals in your source ledger, General Ledger automatically generates journals in your reporting currencies where the entered currency amounts have been converted to the reporting currency amounts.

If budgetary control is enabled, all journals in a batch must be entered for the same ledger. When the budgetary control batch is posted, however, posting may generate additional journals for reporting currencies within the same batch.

In this topic, you will enter reporting currencies.

Procedure

Page 476

Page 483: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Currencies page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Setup: Currencies: Define link.

5.

Use the Currencies page to define non-ISO(International Standards Organization) currencies, and to enable and disable currencies.

Oracle Applications has predefined all currencies specified in ISO standard #4217.

Page 477

Page 484: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

6.

Click in the Code field.

7.

Enter a unique Code to represent your currency. You cannot change a currency code after you enable the currency, even if you disable that currency at a later time.Enter the desired information into the Code field. Enter "CAN2".

8.

Click in the Name field.

9.

Enter the desired information into the Name field. Enter "Canadian currency 2008".

10.

Click in the Description field.

11.

Enter the desired information into the Description field. Enter "To be used after 01-Jun-2008".

Page 478

Page 485: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

12.

Click in the Issuing Territory field.

13.

Enter the desired information into the Issuing Territory field. Enter "Canada".

14.

Click the Save button.

15.

You have entered reporting currencies.End of Procedure.

Using Reporting CurrenciesReporting Currencies are integrated with ledgers. You specify the reporting currency as a part of the ledger with which you are working. Reporting currency is flexible. You can maintain additional currency representations at three different levels:• Balance level.• Journal level.• Subledger level.

You can use the Reporting Currencies for:• Entering Data into Reporting Currencies.• Performing Standard General Ledger Activities.• Completing Reporting Currencies.

You should be cautious about performing any activity other than reporting when you are using a reporting currency. This is especially true of entering or importing new journals into your reporting currency, since journals are only converted and replicated from your ledger to your reporting currencies - not the other way around.

In this topic, you will enter the data in the reporting currency.

Procedure

Page 479

Page 486: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Accounting Setups page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Accounting Setups link.

5.

Use the Accounting Setups page to define a new ledger, or search for an existing ledger.

Page 480

Page 487: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

6.

Click the Search by list.

7.

Click the Legal Entity list item.

8.

Click in the Search criteria field.

9.

Enter the desired information into the Search criteria field. Enter "Northlake Store".

10.

Click the Go button.

11.

Click the Update Accounting Options button.

Page 481

Page 488: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

12.

Use the Update Accounting Options page to update the accounting information in the ledger.

Step Action

13.

Click the Update button.

14.

Use the Update Reporting Currencies page to update the reporting currency information.

Page 482

Page 489: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

15.

Click the Add Reporting Currency button.

16.

Use the Add Reporting Currency page to enter the reporting currency information.

Page 483

Page 490: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

17.

Click the Currency Conversion Level list.

18.

Click the Subledger list item.

Page 484

Page 491: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

19.

Click in the Currency field.

Page 485

Page 492: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

20.

Enter the desired information into the Currency field. Enter "ANY".

Page 486

Page 493: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

21.

Click in the Reporting Currency Name field.

Page 487

Page 494: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

22.

Enter the desired information into the Reporting Currency Name field. Enter "2008Additions".

Page 488

Page 495: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

23.

Click in the Short Name field.

Page 489

Page 496: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

24.

Enter the desired information into the Short Name field. Enter "2008Add".

Page 490

Page 497: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

25.

Click in the Rounding Differences Tracking Account field.

Page 491

Page 498: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

26.

If you enable Rounding Differences Tracking by assigning a Rounding Differences Tracking Account to your ledger, rounding imbalances are automatically balanced against the account you specified.Enter the desired information into the Rounding Differences Tracking Account field. Enter "01-000-1140-0000-000".

Page 492

Page 499: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

27.

Click in the Default Rate Type field.

28.

Conversion rate types are used to convert transactions once the Reporting Currencies option is enabled.Enter the desired information into the Default Rate Type field. Enter "Corporate".

Page 493

Page 500: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

29.

Click the Apply button.

30.

You have entered the data in the reporting currency.End of Procedure.

Page 494

Page 501: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Using the Account Hierarchy ManagerUsing the Account Hierarchy includes information on starting the Account Hierarchy Manager, displaying multiple hierarchies, adding or changing account hierarchies, child values, and rollup groups.

Upon completion of this lesson, you will be able to: • Start the Account Hierarchy Manager.• Display multiple hierarchies.• Add or change account hierarchies.• Add or change child values.• Add or change rollup groups.

Starting the Account Hierarchy ManagerThe Account Hierarchy Manager page helps you to• graphically create, maintain, and review account structure hierarchies• define new parent and child segment values, as well as change parent/child dependencies• create new rollup groups from the Account Hierarchy Manager and have your changes reflected automatically in both the Key Segment Values and Rollup Groups pages.

The Account Hierarchy Manager has security rules that enable you to control:• Read only or read/write access• Access to hierarchies, segment values, and charts of accounts.

In this topic, you will start the account hierarchy manager.

Procedure

Page 495

Page 502: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Account Hierarchy Manager page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Setup: Accounts: Manager link.

Page 496

Page 503: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

5.

Click the Yes button.

6.

The Account Hierarchy Manager page enables you to define a new segment value by entering attributes for a new child value, parent and child relationships, including multi-level hierarchies, and facilitates reporting and analysis.

You can also carefully plan your hierarchies. When you create and save parent and child segment values, they become permanent.

7.

The Chart of Accounts - Segments represents an individual segment of a particular chart of accounts structure.Click an entry in the Chart of Accounts - Segments tree control.

8.

You have completed Starting the Account Hierarchy Manager procedure.End of Procedure.

Displaying Multiple HierarchiesDisplaying Multiple Hierarchies helps you to view multilevel hierarchy structure and facilitates reporting and analysis.

Page 497

Page 504: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

In this topic, you will display multiple hierarchies.

Procedure

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Account Hierarchy Manager page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Setup: Accounts: Manager link.

Page 498

Page 505: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

5.

Click the No button.

6.

Use the Account Hierarchy Manager [Read-Only] page to display multiple heirarchies. It has security rules that enable you to control access to read only or read/write and access to hierarchies.

Page 499

Page 506: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

7.

The Chart of Accounts - Segment represents an individual segment of a particular chart of accounts structure.Click an entry in the Chart of Accounts - Segments tree control.

Page 500

Page 507: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

8.

Click an entry in the Communications Accounting Flex tree control.

Page 501

Page 508: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

9.

Click an entry in the Corporate Accounting Flex tree control.

Page 502

Page 509: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

10.

Click the Company option.

Page 503

Page 510: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

11.

Click the Children tab.

Page 504

Page 511: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

12.

Click in the From field.

Page 505

Page 512: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

13.

Enter the desired information into the From field. Enter "Company".

Page 506

Page 513: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

14.

Click in the To field.

Page 507

Page 514: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

15.

Enter the desired information into the To field. Enter "Company".

16.

You have completed Displaying Multiple Hierarchies.End of Procedure.

Adding or Changing Rollup GroupsThe Rollup Group is used to summarize budget, actual, and encumbrance amounts for each department and to roll up these amounts to create a division amount.

Adding or Changing Rollup Groups helps you to add or change rollup groups.

In this topic, you will add or change rollup groups.

Page 508

Page 515: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Procedure

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Account Hierarchy Manager page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Setup: Accounts: Manager link.

Page 509

Page 516: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

5.

Click the Yes button.

6.

The Account Hierarchy Manager page enables you to add or change a rollup group.

Page 510

Page 517: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

7.

Click an entry in the Chart of Accounts - Segments tree control.

Page 511

Page 518: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

8.

Click an entry in the Operations Accounting Flex tree control.

Page 512

Page 519: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

9.

Click the Edit menu.

Page 513

Page 520: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

10.

Click the Rollup Groups menu.

11.

Use the Rollup Groups page to create new rollup groups. You can have those changes reflected automatically in both the Key Segment Values and Rollup Groups pages.

Page 514

Page 521: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

12.

Click the New... button.

13.

Use the Rollup Group page to add a new rollup group.

Page 515

Page 522: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

14.

Enter the desired information into the Name field. Enter "Training".

Page 516

Page 523: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

15.

Click in the Description field.

Page 517

Page 524: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

16.

Enter the desired information into the Description field. Enter "Training Purposes".

Page 518

Page 525: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

17.

Click the OK button.

Page 519

Page 526: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

18.

Click the OK button.

19.

You have completed Adding or Changing Rollup Groups procedure.End of Procedure.

Adding or Changing Parent HierarchiesThe Account Hierarchy Manager helps you to define new parent segment values, parent/child relationships, including multilevel hierarchies, and facilitates reporting and analysis. You can also carefully plan your hierarchies. When you create and save Parent and Child segment values, they become permanent.

Adding or Changing Parent Hierarchies helps you to add or change parent hierarchies.

In this topic, you will add or change parent hierarchies.

Page 520

Page 527: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Procedure

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Account Hierarchy Manager page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Setup: Accounts: Manager link.

Page 521

Page 528: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

5.

Click the Yes button.

6.

Use the Account Hierarchy Manager pageto define new parent segment values, as well as change parent and child dependencies.

Page 522

Page 529: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

7.

Click an entry in the Chart of Accounts - Segments tree control.

Page 523

Page 530: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

8.

Click an entry in the Operations Accounting Flex tree control.

Page 524

Page 531: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

9.

Click in the From field.

Page 525

Page 532: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

10.

Enter the desired information into the From field. Enter "Company".

Page 526

Page 533: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

11.

Click in the To field.

Page 527

Page 534: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

12.

Enter the desired information into the To field. Enter "Company".

Page 528

Page 535: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

13.

Click the Find button.

Page 529

Page 536: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

14.

Click the First button.

Page 530

Page 537: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

15.

Click the Edit menu.

Page 531

Page 538: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

16.

Click the New Parent menu.

17.

Use the Parent Attributes page to enter attributes for a new parent.

Page 532

Page 539: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

18.

Click in the Value field.

Page 533

Page 540: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

19.

Enter the desired information into the Value field. Enter "10".

Page 534

Page 541: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

20.

Click in the Description field.

Page 535

Page 542: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

21.

Enter the desired information into the Description field. Enter "Training".

Page 536

Page 543: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

22.

Click in the From field.

Page 537

Page 544: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

23.

Enter the desired information into the From field. Enter "01-01-2008".

Page 538

Page 545: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

24.

Click in the To field.

Page 539

Page 546: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

25.

Enter the desired information into the To field. Enter "05-31-2008".

Page 540

Page 547: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

26.

Click the OK button.

27.

You have completed Adding or Changing Parent Hierarchies procedure.End of Procedure.

Adding or Changing Child ValuesAdding or Changing Child Values enables you to define a new segment value by entering attributes for a new child value. The new value must comply with the defined format of the segment's value set. A child represents a child segment value.

In this topic, you will add or change child values.

Procedure

Page 541

Page 548: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Account Hierarchy Manager page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Setup: Accounts: Manager link.

Page 542

Page 549: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

5.

Click the Yes button.

6.

The Account Hierarchy Manager page enables you to define a new segment value by entering attributes for a new child value, parent and child relationships, including multi-level hierarchies, and facilitates reporting and analysis.

Page 543

Page 550: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

7.

The Chart of Accounts - Segment represents an individual segment of a particular chart of accounts structure.Click an entry in the Chart of Accounts - Segments tree control.

Page 544

Page 551: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

8.

Click an entry in the Operations Accounting Flex tree control.

Page 545

Page 552: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

9.

Click the Children tab.

Page 546

Page 553: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

10.

Click in the From field.

Page 547

Page 554: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

11.

Enter the desired information into the From field. Enter "Company".

Page 548

Page 555: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

12.

Click in the To field.

Page 549

Page 556: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

13.

Enter the desired information into the To field. Enter "Company".

Page 550

Page 557: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

14.

Click the Find button.

Page 551

Page 558: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

15.

Click the First button.

Page 552

Page 559: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

16.

Click the 10 [Training] list item.

Page 553

Page 560: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

17.

Click the New Child button.

18.

Use the Child Attributes page to enter a new segment value for a new child.

Note: Once you create and save a new child segment value, you cannot delete it.

Page 554

Page 561: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

19.

Enter the desired information into the Value field. Enter "15".

Page 555

Page 562: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

20.

Click in the Description field.

Page 556

Page 563: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

21.

Enter the desired information into the Description field. Enter "Training Revenue".

Page 557

Page 564: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

22.

Click in the From field.

Page 558

Page 565: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

23.

Enter the desired information into the From field. Enter "01-01-2008".

Page 559

Page 566: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

24.

Click in the To field.

Page 560

Page 567: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

25.

Enter the desired information into the To field. Enter "05-31-2008".

Page 561

Page 568: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

26.

Click the OK button.

27.

You have completed Adding or Changing Child Values procedure.End of Procedure.

Page 562

Page 569: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Basic General Ledger SetupBasic General Ledger Setup includes information on defining value sets, accounting key flexfield structures, key flexfield values, defining accounting calendar and ledger.

Upon completion of this lesson, you will be able to: • Define general ledger value sets.• Create a responsibility for the controller.• Create a security rule.• Define accounting key flexfield structures.• Enter values for key flexfields.• Use the Account Hierarchy Editor.• Define an accounting calendar.• Define a ledger.• Open an accounting period.• Set up journal categories and sources.• Set up suspense accounts.• Enter unbalanced journals.

Defining General Ledger Value SetsValues, value sets and validation tables are used as important components of key flexfields, descriptive flexfields, and Standard Request Submissions.

You define your value sets first, either before or while you define your flexfield segment structures.

In this topic, you will define General Ledger value sets using the Value Sets page.

Procedure

Page 563

Page 570: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Value Sets page.Click the Vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the Flexfields: Validation: Sets link.

4.

Use the Value Sets page to enter a value set name and a description for the value set.

The value sets you define appear in the lists of values when you define flexfield segments using the Key Flexfield Segments page.

Page 564

Page 571: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

5.

Click in the Value Set Name field.

6.

Enter the desired information into the Value Set Name field. Enter "ABC_Company".

7.

Enter the desired information into the Description field. Enter "ABC Company".

8.

The choices in the Format Type field for the format of your segment values include: • Char• Date• DateTime• Number• Standard Date• Standard DateTime• Time

9.

Enter formatting information appropriate to your format type, including information such as whether your values should include numbers only and whether they must fall within a certain range.

You cannot use the Numbers Only or the Right-Justify and Zero-fill option with translatable value sets.

Page 565

Page 572: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

10.

Click the Uppercase Only (A-Z) option.

11.

Click the Right-justify and Zero-fill Numbers (0001) option.

12.

The maximum size for Translatable Independent and Translatable Dependent value set values is 150.

13.

Click in the Maximum Size field.

14.

Enter the desired information into the Maximum Size field. Enter "2".

15.

Click the Save button.

16.

Once you save your changes, you can define another value set using the New button.Click the New button.

17.

Click in the Value Set Name field.

18.

Enter the desired information into the Value Set Name field. Enter "ABC_Department".

19.

Click in the Description field.

20.

Enter the desired information into the Description field. Enter "ABC Department".

Page 566

Page 573: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

21.

Click the Uppercase Only (A-Z) option.

22.

Click the Right-justify and Zero-fill Numbers (0001) option.

23.

Click in the Maximum Size field.

24.

Enter the desired information into the Maximum Size field. Enter "3".

25.

Click the Save button.

26.

You have completed defining General Ledger value sets using the Value Sets page.End of Procedure.

Creating a Responsibility for the ControllerA Responsibility is a level of authority in Oracle Applications that lets users access only those Oracle Applications functions and data appropriate to their role in an organization. Each responsibility allows access to a specific application or applications, a ledger, a restricted list of pages, a restricted list of functions, and reports in a specific application.

These responsibilities help you provide the appropriate level of access to your users' need to• perform inquiry and reporting activities in your reporting currencies• perform specific processes, such as run depreciation, post/transfer/interface to General Ledger, and run revaluation

In this topic, you will create a responsibility for the Controller.

Procedure

Page 567

Page 574: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Responsibilities page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the System Administrator link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Security:Responsibility: Define link.

5.

Use the Responsibilities page to create a responsibility for the Controller.

This responsibility helps in managing data security, which includes setting up responsibilities to allow access to a specific set of business data and complete a specific set of transactions, and assigning individual users to these responsibilities.

Page 568

Page 575: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

6.

Click in the Responsibility Name field.

7.

Enter the desired information into the Responsibility Name field. Enter "GL Training Super User".

8.

Click in the Application field.

9.

Enter the desired information into the Application field. Enter "General Ledger".

10.

Click in the Responsibility Key field.

11.

Enter the desired information into the Responsibility Key field. Enter "GL Training".

Page 569

Page 576: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

12.

Enter the details in the Data Group region.

A data group defines the mapping between Oracle Applications products and Oracle database IDs.

A data group determines which Oracle database accounts to which aresponsibility's forms, concurrent programs, and reports are connected.

13.

Click in the Data Group: Name field.

14.

Enter the desired information into the Data Group: Name field. Enter "Standard".

15.

Click in the Data Group: Application field.

16.

Enter the desired information into the Data Group: Application field. Enter "General Ledger".

17.

Click in the Menu field.

18.

Enter the desired information into the Menu field. Enter "GL_SUPERUSER".

19.

Use the Request Group region to assign a request to a responsibility.

Page 570

Page 577: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

20.

Click in the Request Group: Name field.

Page 571

Page 578: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

21.

Enter the desired information into the Request Group: Name field. Enter "GL Concurrent Program Group".

22.

Click in the Request Group: Application field.

23.

Click the Save button.

24.

Click the Close button.

25.

You have completed creating a responsibility for the Controller procedure.End of Procedure.

Page 572

Page 579: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Creating a Security RuleThe Define Security Rules page helps you to define security rules to restrict user access to certain account segment values. You can also define security rules to control what financial information specific users can print when they run Financial Statement Generator reports.

Security rules do not deny the current user access to any of the individual segments used in the account.

In this topic, you will define security rules.

Procedure

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Define Security Rules page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

Page 573

Page 580: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Setup: Security: Define link.

5.

Use the Find Value Set page to identify the value set to which your values belong.You can identify values by your value set, the flexfield segment, or concurrent program parameter that uses the value set.

Step Action

6.

Click in the Name field.

7.

Enter the desired information into the Name field. Enter "DEPARTMENT CA".

Page 574

Page 581: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

8.

Click the Find button.

or Press [S].

9.

Use the Define Security Rules page to define the security rules for ranges of flexfield and report parameter values.

Page 575

Page 582: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

10.

Click in the Name field.

11.

Enter the desired information into the Name field. Enter "Training".

12.

Click in the Description field.

13.

Enter the desired information into the Description field. Enter "Department CA restriction rule".

14.

Click in the Message field.

Page 576

Page 583: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

15.

The message that you enter here appears automatically whenever a user enters a segment value that violates your security rule.Enter the desired information into the Message field. Enter "Department CA is not valid for this responsibility".

16.

Click the Save button.

17.

Use the Security Rule Elements region to define a security rule element byspecifying a value range that includes both a low and high value for your segment.

A security rule element applies to all segment values included in the value range you specify. Identify each security rule element as either Include or Exclude, where Include includes all values in the specified range, and Exclude excludes all valuesin the specified range.

Every security rule must have at least one Include rule element, since a security rule automatically excludes all values unless you specifically include them.

Note: Exclude rule elements override Include rule elements.

You should always include any default values you use in your segments or dependent value sets. If the default value is secured, the flexfield window erases it from the segment as the window opens, and the user must enter a value manually. If you want to specify a single value to include or exclude, enter the same value in both the Low and High fields.

18.

Click the Type list.

Page 577

Page 584: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

19.

Click the Include list item.

Page 578

Page 585: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

20.

Click in the From field.

21.

Enter the desired information into the From field. Enter "000".

22.

Click in the To field.

23.

Enter the desired information into the To field. Enter "ZZZ".

24.

Click the Line button.

Page 579

Page 586: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

25.

Click the Type list.

Step Action

26.

Click the Exclude list item.

Page 580

Page 587: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

27.

Click in the From field.

28.

Enter the desired information into the From field. Enter "1000".

29.

Click in the To field.

30.

Enter the desired information into the To field. Enter "1000".

31.

Click the Save button.

Page 581

Page 588: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

32.

You have completed Creating a Security Rule procedure.End of Procedure.

Defining Accounting Key Flexfield StructuresKey flexfields enable you to define additional information you want to record in existing fields. The Key Flexfield Segments page is used to define key flexfields.

You will use it to define descriptive information and validation information for each segment. You will also determine the appearance of your key flexfield window, including the size of the window, the number and order of the segments, and the segment descriptions and default values.

In this topic, you will define accounting key flexfield structures using the Key Flexfields Segments page.

Procedure

Page 582

Page 589: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Key Flexfields Segments page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the Flexfields:Key: Segments link.

4.

Use the Key Flexfield Segments page to define key flexfields. You cannot create a new flexfield or change the name of an existing flexfield using this page.

You will begin in the Query mode and select the application name in the Application field.

Step Action

5.

In the Key Flexfields Segments page, enter the Query mode.Press [F11].

Page 583

Page 590: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

6.

Click in the Application field.

7.

Enter the desired information into the Application field. Enter "General Ledger".

8.

Execute the query.Press [Ctrl+F11].

9.

The Code for a structure is a developer key and is used by loader programs. The value you specify for the code will default into the title field.

10.

Click in the Code field.

11.

For those application flexfields that support more than one structure, you can create a new structure for your flexfield by inserting a row.

You can insert a row using the New button.

12.

Click the New button.

13.

Enter the desired information into the Code field. Enter "01Vision_Accounting Flexfield".

14.

The title automatically defaults to the value you entered in the Code field.Click in the Title field.

15.

Click in the Description field.

16.

Enter the desired information into the Description field. Enter "Vision Account Flexfield".

17.

Selecting the Cross Validate Segments checkbox enables you to assign cross validation rules to your flexfield structure.Click the Cross-Validate Segments option.

Page 584

Page 591: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

18.

Click the Segments button to open the Segments Summary page where you define your flexfield segments.

19.

Click the Segments button.

or Press [Alt+m].

20.

Use the Segments Summary page to define your flexfield segments.

Each flexfield contains a number of segments which function as separate fields. When a user clicks in a flexfield, a window opens displaying the segments that you have defined.

For each segment, you can define:• Its prompt• The type of data it can contain• The values a user can enter

Page 585

Page 592: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

21.

Click in the Number field.

22.

Enter the desired information into the Number field. Enter "1".

23.

Click in the Name field.

24.

Enter the desired information into the Name field. Enter "Company".

25.

The name you entered in the Name column automatically appears. You can update the prompt or leave as is.Click in the Window Prompt field.

26.

Click in the Column field.

27.

Enter the desired information into the Column field. Enter "SEGMENT1".

28.

Click in the Value Set field.

29.

Enter the desired information into the Value Set field. Enter "ABC_Company".

30.

Click in the Number field.

31.

Enter the desired information into the Number field. Enter "2".

Page 586

Page 593: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

32.

Click in the Name field.

33.

Enter the desired information into the Name field. Enter "Department".

34.

The name you entered in the Name column automatically appears. You can update the prompt or leave as is.Click in the Window Prompt field.

35.

Enter the desired information into the Column field. Enter "SEGMENT2".

36.

Click in the Value Set field.

37.

Enter the desired information into the Value Set field. Enter "ABC_Department".

38.

Click the Save button.

39.

This warning message indicates that the list of values prompt is longer than your segment size. Click OK to proceed through this message. See the Oracle General Ledger User's Guide for more information about this message.Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

40.

Click in the Number field.

41.

Once you define your flexfield structure, access the Segments page to define the segments by clicking the Open button.

Page 587

Page 594: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

42.

Click the Open button.

or Press [Alt+O].

43.

Use the Segments page to define segments for your flexfield.

The page title includes the current flexfield's name.

If your flexfield definition is frozen (the Freeze Flexfield Definition check box is checked), this page becomes display-only.

You can define as many segments as there are defined segment columns in your flexfield table. You can create a new segment for your flexfield by inserting a row.

Step Action

44.

Click in the Description field.

Page 588

Page 595: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

48.

Enable the flexfield qualifiers you need. In this example, only the Balancing Segment Qualifier is selected.Click the Enabled option.

49.

Click the Close button.

50.

When you close the Flexfield Qualifiers page, the Forms page displays a prompt asking you to save the changes you have made.

Page 589

Page 596: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

51.

Click the Yes button.

or Press [Alt+Y].

Page 590

Page 597: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

52.

Click the Close button.

53.

Navigate back to the Segments Summary page and select the second segment.

Repeat the same steps for the second segment.

Click the Open button to access the Segments page to define segments.

Page 591

Page 598: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

54.

Click in the Number field.

55.

Click the Open button.

or Press [Alt+O].

Page 592

Page 599: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

56.

Click in the Description field.

57.

Enter the desired information into the Description field. Enter "Department".

58.

Click the Flexfield Qualifiers button.

or Press [Alt+Q].

Page 593

Page 600: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

59.

Enable the Cost Center segment.Click the Enabled option.

60.

Enable the Management Segment option.Click the Enabled option.

61.

Click the Close button.

Page 594

Page 601: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

62.

Click the Save button.

63.

Click the Close button.

Page 595

Page 602: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

64.

Click the Close button.

65.

You have completed defining the accounting key flexfield structures using the Key Flexfields Segments page.End of Procedure.

Entering Values for Key FlexfieldsYou need to define at least one valid value for each validated segment before you can use a flexfield.

These validated segments provide users with a list of predefined valid segment values, and have a validation type of Independent,Dependent, Translatable Independent, Translatable Dependent, or Table.

Following are the prerequisites before you enter values for a key flexfield:•Use the Value Set page to define your independent value sets, any dependent value sets that depend on them, and any table-validated value sets your flexfield needs.• Use the Key Flexfield Segments page to define your flexfield structure or the Descriptive Flexfield Segments page to define your flexfield structure and segments

Page 596

Page 603: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

In this topic, you will enter values for key flexfields using the Segments Value page.

Procedure

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Segment Values page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the Flexfields: Key: Values link.

Page 597

Page 604: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

4.

Use the Find Key Flexfield Segment page to find values according to the following selection criteria:• Value Set• Key Flexfield• Descriptive Flexfield• Concurrent Program

Step Action

5.

Click the Value Set option.

6.

Click in the Name field.

7.

Enter the desired information into the Name field. Enter "ABC_Company".

8.

Click the Find button.

Page 598

Page 605: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

or Press [Alt+i].

9.

Use the Segments Value page to define values for a key or descriptive flexfield segment or report parameter.

You should use this page to define values that belong to Independent, Dependent, Translatable Independent, Translatable Dependent, or Table value sets.

You can define new segment values, specify value descriptions for your values, and enable or disable existing values as well.

10.

Select the Values, Effective tab to enter the values and the description.

Step Action

11.

Click in the Value field.

Page 599

Page 606: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

12.

Enter the desired information into the Value field. Enter "00".

13.

The Translated Value is derived from the Value field, and automatically appears when you click in the Description field.Click in the Description field.

14.

Enter the desired information into the Description field. Enter "Corporate Headquarters".

15.

Click the Values, Hierarchy, Qualifiers tab.

16.

Click the Values, Hierarchy, Qualifiers tab to enter the segment qualifiers.

Some key flexfields use segment qualifiers to hold extra information about individual key segment values.

For example, the Accounting Flexfield uses segment qualifiers to determine the account type of an account value, or whether detail budgeting and detail posting are allowed for an Accounting Flexfield combination containing a given value.

17.

Click in the Qualifiers field.

18.

Segment qualifiers contain information about a value rather than the segment that uses the value.

If you are defining values for any value set that is used by a key flexfield that uses segment qualifiers, the Segment Qualifiers page appears prompting you for this information.

If you share this same value set with additional flexfields, such as a descriptive flexfield, the Segment Qualifiers page appears regardless of how you identified your value set in this page.

19.

The default values are Yes for budgeting and posting.Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

Page 600

Page 607: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

20.

Use the Values, Effective tab to enter another value.

21.

Click the Values, Effective tab.

22.

Click in the Value field.

23.

Enter the desired information into the Value field. Enter "01".

24.

Click in the Description field.

25.

Enter the desired information into the Description field. Enter "US Operations".

26.

Click the Values, Hierarchy, Qualifiers tab.

27.

Click in the Qualifiers field.

28.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

29.

Click the Values, Effective tab.

Page 601

Page 608: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

30.

Click in the Value field.

31.

Enter the desired information into the Value field. Enter "02".

32.

Enter the desired information into the Description field. Enter "Europe".

33.

Click the Values, Hierarchy, Qualifiers tab.

34.

Click in the Qualifiers field.

35.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

36.

Click the Save button.

37.

You have completed entering values for key flexfields using the Segments Value page. End of Procedure.

Using the Account Hierarchy EditorOnce you determine your needs and organize your summary account structure, you define your parent values and your rollup groups.

You can use the Account Hierarchy Manager or the Account Hierarchy Editor, if Applications Desktop Integrator is installed, to create and edit your account hierarchies graphically.

Page 602

Page 609: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

You can use the Account Hierarchy Manager or the Account Hierarchy Editor to define parent and child segment values, as well as rollup groups.

In this topic, you will define a child value using the Account Hierarchy Editor.

Procedure

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Account Hierarchy Manager page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the Setup: Accounts: Manager link.

4.

The Confirm page displays a prompt asking you if you want to save the changes in the Account Hierarchy Manager session.

Page 603

Page 610: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

5.

Click the Yes button.

6.

In the Account Hierarchy Manager page, expand the Accounting Flexfield you are editing.

Minimize the window to keep the Account Hierarchy Manager active.

Page 604

Page 611: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

7.

Click the Operations Accounting Flex tree item.

Page 605

Page 612: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

8.

Click the Department tree item.

Page 606

Page 613: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

9.

Click the Find button.

Page 607

Page 614: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

10.

Click the T [Total Department Parent] tree item.

11.

The details of the department you selected will display under the Department Values Detailscolumn.

Expand the tree item to view the hierarchy, and add a child attribute.

Page 608

Page 615: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

12.

Click the T [Total Department Parent] tree item.

Page 609

Page 616: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

13.

Click the View Hierarchy button.

Page 610

Page 617: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

14.

Click the New Child button.

15.

Use the Child Attributes page to add a value.

Page 611

Page 618: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

16.

Click in the Value field.

Page 612

Page 619: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

17.

Enter the desired information into the Value field. Enter "119".

Page 613

Page 620: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

18.

Click in the Description field.

Page 614

Page 621: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

19.

Enter the desired information into the Description field. Enter "Northwest Region".

Page 615

Page 622: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

20.

Click the OK button.

Page 616

Page 623: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

21.

Click the Save Changes button.

22.

You have completed defining a child value using the Account Hierarchy Editor.End of Procedure.

Defining an Accounting CalendarYou create an accounting calendar to define an accounting year and the period it contains.

You can define multiple calendars and assign a different calendar to each ledger. You can, for example, use a monthly calendar for one ledger, and a weekly calendar for another.

In this topic, you will define an accounting calendar using the Accounting Calendar page.

Procedure

Page 617

Page 624: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Period Types page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the Financials: Calendars: Types link.

4.

Use the Period Types page to enter a period type.

Page 618

Page 625: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

5.

Click in the Period Type field.

6.

Enter the desired information into the Period Type field. Enter "ACMonth".

7.

Click in the Periods per Year field.

8.

Enter the desired information into the Periods per Year field. Enter "2".

9.

Enter the desired information into the Description field. Enter "2 Periods".

10.

Click the Save button.

Page 619

Page 626: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

11.

Click the Close button.

Step Action

12.

Double-click the Accounting list item.

13.

Use the Accounting Calendar page to create an accounting calendar to define an accounting year and the period it contains.

In the Calendar field, select the period type you entered in the Period Types page.

Page 620

Page 627: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

14.

Click in the Calendar field.

15.

Enter the desired information into the Calendar field. Enter "ACMonth".

16.

Enter the desired information into the Description field. Enter "AC Month Calendar".

17.

Use the Periods region of the Accounting Calendar page to enter all the period details of the accounting calendar such as type, year, and the date.

18.

Click in the Prefix field.

Page 621

Page 628: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

19.

Enter the desired information into the Prefix field. Enter "Jan".

20.

Enter the desired information into the Type field. Enter "ACMonth".

21.

Click in the Year field.

22.

Enter the desired information into the Year field. Enter "2006".

23.

Enter the desired information into the Quarter field. Enter "1".

24.

Enter the desired information into the Num field. Enter "1".

25.

Click in the From field.

26.

Enter the desired information into the From field. Enter "01-Jan-2006".

27.

Enter the desired information into the To field. Enter "31-jan-2006".

28.

Click in the Prefix field.

29.

Enter the desired information into the Prefix field. Enter "Dec".

Page 622

Page 629: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

30.

Click in the Type field.

31.

Enter the desired information into the Type field. Enter "ACMonth".

32.

Enter the desired information into the Year field. Enter "2006".

33.

Enter the desired information into the Quarter field. Enter "4".

34.

Click in the Num field.

35.

Enter the desired information into the Num field. Enter "2".

36.

Click in the From field.

37.

Enter the desired information into the From field. Enter "01-Dec-2006".

38.

Enter the desired information into the To field. Enter "31-Dec-2006".

39.

Click the Save button.

40.

Click the Close button.

Page 623

Page 630: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

41.

When you close the Accounting Calendar page, a prompt displays in the Decision page asking you if you want to validate the currently displayed calendar.

42.

Click the Current button.

or Press [Alt+C].

43.

Note the request ID that is displayed in the Note page.

You will use this ID to query the status of your request using the Requests page.

44.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

Page 624

Page 631: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

45.

Click the View menu.

or Press [Alt+V].

46.

Click the Requests menu.

or Press [R].

47.

Use the Find Requests page to query the status of the Request ID assigned to you.

Page 625

Page 632: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

48.

Click in the Request ID field.

49.

Enter the desired information into the Request ID field. Enter "5194748".

50.

Click the Find button.

or Press [Alt+i].

51.

Use the Requests page to view the status of submitted report or request processes.

52.

The status of your request displays in the Requests page.

To view the Calendar Validation Report, click the View Output button.

Page 626

Page 633: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

53.

Click the View Output button.

or Press [Alt+p].

54.

Review the Calendar Validation Report.

Page 627

Page 634: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

55.

Click the Close button.

56.

You have completed defining an accounting calendar using the Accounting Calendar page.End of Procedure.

Defining a LedgerThe Ledger represents the core of a company's financial records where every transaction is accountable in a self-contained way. A ledger provides balanced ledger accounting for the accounting entity and serves as the repository of financial information. Consequently, it is the principal source of information for the analytical applications in the Oracle E-Business Suite.

You can define a ledger with average balance processing enabled or you can define a consolidation ledger that will be used to consolidate average balances. In a typical ledger where average balance processing is enabled, the standard and average balances are linked, since the average balances are derived from the standard balances.

Page 628

Page 635: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Define a ledger before enabling budgetary control for the ledger. Leave the enable budgetary control option set to No for the ledger until you are ready to complete all setup steps for budgetary control.

You define the attributes of a ledger, such as Accounting Calendar, Ledger Currency, Chart of Accounts and Subledger Accounting Method in Accounting Setup Manager.

In this topic, you will define a ledger.

Procedure

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Accounting Setups page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

Page 629

Page 636: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Accounting Setups link.

5.

Use the Accounting Setups page to define a new ledger, or search for an existing ledger.

Step Action

6.

Click the Create Accounting Setup button.

7.

Use the Create Accounting Setup page to assign a legal entity to an existing ledger or create a new legal entity.

Page 630

Page 637: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

8.

Click the Next button.

9.

Use the Define Accounting Representations page to enter the ledger information.

Page 631

Page 638: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

10.

Click in the Name field.

11.

Enter the desired information into the Name field. Enter "Training".

12.

Click in the Chart of Accounts field.

13.

Enter the Chart of Account that you want to associate with this ledger.Enter the desired information into the Chart of Accounts field. Enter "Corporate Accounting Flex".

14.

Click in the Accounting Calendar field.

Page 632

Page 639: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

15.

Oracle General Ledger enables you to define multiple calendars and assign a different calendarto each ledger. For example, you can use a monthly calendar for one ledger, and a weekly calendar for another.Enter the desired information into the Accounting Calendar field. Enter "Accounting".

16.

Click in the Currency field.

17.

Enter the local currency used by legal entity.Enter the desired information into the Currency field. Enter "USD".

18.

Click in the Subledger Accounting Method field.

19.

Enter the Subledger Accounting Method used by the legal entity. Enter the desired information into the Subledger Accounting Method field. Enter "Standard Accrual".

20.

Click the Next button.

21.

Use the Save Accounting Structure page to review and submit the ledger details.

Page 633

Page 640: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

22.

Click the Finish button.

Page 634

Page 641: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

23.

Click the Return to Accounting Setups button.

24.

You have defined a ledger.End of Procedure.

Opening the First Accounting PeriodWhen you open the first accounting period, Oracle General Ledger prepares it for journal entry.

In this topic, you will submit a request for opening the first accounting period.

Procedure

Page 635

Page 642: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Find Periods page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Setup: Open/Close link.

5.

The Find Periods page enables you to search for specific accounting periods.

Page 636

Page 643: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

6.

Click the Find button.

or Press [Alt+i].

7.

The Open and Close Periods page enables you to open and close accounting periods to control journal entry and journal posting.

Page 637

Page 644: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

8.

Click the Open Period button.

or Press [Alt+p].

Page 638

Page 645: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

9.

Click in the Target Period field.

10.

Enter the desired information into the Target Period field. Enter "Jan-08".

11.

Click the Open button.

or Press [Alt+O].

12.

Click the Yes button.

or Press [Alt+Y].

Page 639

Page 646: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

13.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

Step Action

14.

Click the Close button.

15.

You have completed the Opening the First Accounting Period procedure.End of Procedure.

Page 640

Page 647: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Setting Up Journal Categories and SourcesYou can define intercompany and suspense accounts for specific categories. You can also use document sequences to sequentially number journal entries by category. Journal categories appear in standard reports, such as the General Journals report. Journal sources identify the origin of your journal entries. Oracle General Ledger supplies a number of predefined journal sources. In addition, you should define at least one journal source for each of your own.

In this topic, you will set up journal categories and sources.

Procedure

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Journal Categories page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

Page 641

Page 648: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Setup: Journal: Categories link.

5.

The Journal Categories page enables you to define journal categories.

Step Action

6.

Enter a unique Category, Category Key, and Description for your journal category.Click in the Category field.

7.

Enter the desired information into the Category field. Enter "Training Sales for 2008".

Page 642

Page 649: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

8.

The Category Key is a language-independent and instance-independent key that the Journal Import program uses to identify a particular journal source and category consistently across all languages and instances.Click in the Category Key field.

9.

Enter the desired information into the Category Key field. Enter "Training 2008".

10.

Click in the Description field.

11.

Enter the desired information into the Description field. Enter "Training Sales for 2008".

12.

Click the Save button.

Page 643

Page 650: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

13.

Double-click the Setup list item.

14.

Double-click the Journal list item.

15.

Double-click the Sources list item.

16.

The Journal Sources page enables you to define journal sources that identify the origin of journal entries.

Page 644

Page 651: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

17.

Enter a unique Source, Source Key and Description for your journal entry source.Click in the Source field.

18.

Enter the desired information into the Source field. Enter "Training for 2008".

19.

Click in the Source Key field.

20.

Enter the desired information into the Source Key field. Enter "Training for 2008".

21.

Click in the Description field.

22.

Enter the desired information into the Description field. Enter "Training Revenue for 2008".

23.

If you enable the Import Journal References checkbox, you can drilldown to subledger transactions transferred from subledgers in summary or detail for this source in the Account Inquiry page.

24.

If you select the Freeze Journals checkbox, then journals from this source cannot be changed in the Enter Journals page.Click the Freeze Journals option.

25.

If you select the Require Journal Approval checkbox, then journal approval is enabled for your general ledger.

If this option is enabled for your ledger and you enter a journal whose journal source requires journal approval, then the batch must be approved before it can be posted.

26.

If you select the Import Using Key checkbox, the Journal Import program uses the value entered in the Source Key field, instead of the Source field, when importing journals for a given source.

Page 645

Page 652: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

27.

Click the Save button.

28.

Click the Close button.

29.

You have completed the Setting Up Journal Categories and Sources procedure.End of Procedure.

Setting Up Suspense AccountsWhen you define your ledger, you can enable suspense posting and assign a default suspense account to your ledger. You can define other suspense accounts in addition to the default suspense account for your ledger. General Ledger posts a balancing amount to the default account when there is no suspense account defined with a matching source and category.

In this topic, you will set up suspense accounts.

Procedure

Page 646

Page 653: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Suspense Accounts page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the Setup: Accounts: Suspense link.

4.

The Suspense Accounts page enables you to define suspense accounts.

Page 647

Page 654: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

5.

Specify the ledger.

Your data access set must provide read and write access to the ledger and one or more balancing segment values or management segment values.Click in the Ledger field.

6.

Enter the desired information into the Ledger field. Enter "Vision Operations (USA)".

7.

Specify the Source and Category that applies to the suspense account you are defining.Click in the Source field.

8.

Enter the desired information into the Source field. Enter "Manual".

9.

Click in the Category field.

Page 648

Page 655: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

10.

Enter the desired information into the Category field. Enter "Accrual".

11.

Enter the Account against which the balancing amount should be posted. You can assign multiple unique combinations of source and category to a single account.Click in the Account field.

12.

Enter the desired information into the Account field. Enter "01-000-2225-0000-000".

13.

Click the Save button.

14.

You have completed the Setting Up Suspense Accounts procedure.End of Procedure.

Entering Unbalanced JournalsJournal entries consist of debit and credit entries. The sum of the debits must equal the sum of the credits, or the journal entry is considered unbalanced. A journal balance error occurs when an unbalanced journal is created with a ledger that is defined as a balanced ledger.

In this topic, you will enter an unbalanced journal.

Procedure

Page 649

Page 656: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Find Journals page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the Journals: Enter link.

4.

The Find Journals page enables you to search for specific journals and also create new journals.

Page 650

Page 657: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

5.

Click the New Journal button.

or Press [Alt+J].

6.

The Journals page enables you to enter and view detailed information for a journal.

Page 651

Page 658: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

7.

Enter the desired information into the Journal field. Enter "ABCExpense Accruals".

8.

Click in the Category field.

9.

Enter the desired information into the Category field. Enter "Accrual".

10.

Click in the Line field.

11.

Enter the desired information into the Line field. Enter "10".

12.

Click in the Account field.

Page 652

Page 659: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

13.

Enter the desired information into the Account field. Enter "01-130-1110-0000-000".

14.

Click in the Debit (USD) field.

15.

Enter the desired information into the Entered: Debit field. Enter "500".

16.

Click in the Line field.

17.

Enter the desired information into the Account field. Enter "01-000-2225-0000-000".

18.

Enter the desired information into the Entered: Credit field. Enter "450".

19.

Click the Save button.

20.

This message provides an alert about the difference between debits and credits.Click the Yes button.

or Press [Alt+Y].

21.

Click the Post button.

or Press [Alt+P].

22.

Note the request ID. Click the OK button.

Page 653

Page 660: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

or Press [Alt+O].

23.

Click the View menu.

or Press [Alt+V].

24.

Click the Requests menu.

or Press [R].

25.

The Find Requests page enables you to search for specific requests.

Page 654

Page 661: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

26.

Click in the Request ID field.

27.

Enter the desired information into the Request ID field. Enter "5198248".

28.

Point to the Find object.

29.

Use the Requests page to view the status of submitted request processes.

30.

Verify that the post request completed successfully.

Page 655

Page 662: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

31.

Click the Journals: Enter link.

Step Action

32.

Click in the Batch field.

33.

Enter the desired information into the Batch field. Enter "ABCExpense Accruals 21-JAN-2008 12:51:26".

34.

Click the Find button.

or Press [Alt+i].

Page 656

Page 663: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

35.

Use the Enter Journals page to view and optionally change unposted journal batches online.

Step Action

36.

Click the Review Journal button.

or Press [Alt+u].

37.

Verify that the accrual posted correctly.

38.

You have completed the Entering Unbalanced Journals procedure.End of Procedure.

Page 657

Page 664: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Page 658

Page 665: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Custom General Ledger ReportsCustom General Ledger Reports includes information on creating and running various general ledger reports.

Upon completion of this lesson, you will be able to: • Create a row set.• Run an ad-hoc row set report.• Run a row set detail and summary report.• Create a column set.• Create a column set heading.• Run a column set ad-hoc-report.• Run column set detail and summary reports.• Define a content set.

Creating a Row SetA Row Set defines the format and content of the rows in an FSG report. In Financial Statement Generator, the commonly assumed attribute for a row definition is an account assignment, whereas the attribute for a column definition is a time period (amount type). When you define a row set, you can:• Assign accounts - to indicate which general ledger account balances you want to include in the row. • Define calculations - to perform a variety of complex computations in your report.• Specify formatting - to control page breaks, indentation, line spacing, and underline characters.• Secure row set definitions - to only allow specific row sets to be used, viewed, or modified by certain users.

In this topic, you will create a row set.

Procedure

Page 659

Page 666: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Row Set page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Reports: Define: Row Set link.

5.

The Row Set page enables you to define new row sets.

Page 660

Page 667: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

6.

Click in the Name field.

7.

Enter the desired information into the Name field. Enter "Training Row Set".

8.

Click in the Description field.

9.

Enter the desired information into the Description field. Enter "Training Summary".

10.

Click the Define Rows button.

or Press [Alt+R].

11.

The Rows page enables you to add and format rows to a row set.

Page 661

Page 668: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

12.

Enter a line number for each row of the row set.

The line number controls the order in which rows appear in a report. You also use the line number when creating a row calculation.Click in the Line field.

13.

Enter the desired information into the Line field. Enter "10".

14.

Click in the Line Item field.

15.

Enter the desired information into the Line Item field. Enter "Overhead".

Page 662

Page 669: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

16.

Click in the Format Options: Lines to Skip: After field.

17.

Enter the desired information into the Format Options: Lines to Skip: After field. Enter "1".

18.

Click the Save button.

19.

Click in the Line field.

20.

Enter the desired information into the Line field. Enter "20".

21.

Click in the Line Item field.

22.

Enter the desired information into the Line Item field. Enter "Salaries".

23.

Click in the Format Options: Indent field.

24.

Enter the desired information into the Format Options: Indent field. Enter "3".

25.

Click in the Format Options: Lines to Skip: After field.

26.

Enter the desired information into the Format Options: Lines to Skip: After field. Enter "0".

Page 663

Page 670: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

27.

To have the row generate account balances on your report, click the Account Assignments button to assign accounts to the row.Click the Account Assignments button.

or Press [Alt+A].

28.

The Accounts Assignments page enables you to assign accounts to a row.

Step Action

29.

Enter the same ledger segment value for the Low and High ledger segment range. If you do not enter a ledger or ledger set, FSG uses the ledger orledger set you specify at run time.Click in the Account Range: Low field.

Page 664

Page 671: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

30.

Enter a range of accounts by specifying the Low and High accounts in the range.Enter the desired information into the Ledger: Low field. Enter "Vision Operations".

31.

Click in the Ledger: High field.

32.

Click in the Company: Low field.

33.

Enter the desired information into the Company: Low field. Enter "01".

34.

Click in the Department: Low field.

35.

Enter the desired information into the Department: Low field. Enter "110".

36.

Click in the Department: High field.

37.

Enter the desired information into the Department: High field. Enter "T".

38.

Click in the Account: Low field.

39.

Enter the desired information into the Account: Low field. Enter "6100".

40.

Click in the Account: High field.

Page 665

Page 672: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

41.

Enter the desired information into the Account: High field. Enter "T".

42.

Click in the Sub-Account: Low field.

43.

Enter the desired information into the Sub-Account: Low field. Enter "0000".

44.

Click in the Sub-Account: High field.

45.

Enter the desired information into the Sub-Account: High field. Enter "T".

46.

Click in the Product: Low field.

47.

Enter the desired information into the Product: Low field. Enter "000".

48.

Click in the Product: High field.

49.

Enter the desired information into the Product: High field. Enter "T".

50.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

Page 666

Page 673: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

51.

You have completed the Creating a Row Set procedure.End of Procedure.

Running an Ad-Hoc Row Set ReportIn Oracle Assets a report is defined by specifying the report objects Financial Statement Generator should use to build a report. Optionally, you can specify your own custom column set. Also, you can add a content set, row order, and/or display set to enhance the report or refine the information in the report. You can also define ad hoc financial reports, as necessary, to meet one-time reporting needs.

In this topic, you will run an ad hoc report.

Procedure

Page 667

Page 674: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Define Financial Report page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Reports: Define: Report link.

5.

The Define Financial Report page enables you to define a financial report.

Page 668

Page 675: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

6.

Enter a name, report title, and description for your report. Click in the Report field.

7.

Enter the desired information into the Report field. Enter "Training Ad Hoc Row Set Report".

8.

Click in the Title field.

9.

Enter the desired information into the Title field. Enter "Training Ad Hoc Row Set Report only".

10.

You can select the Enable Security checkbox to apply Definition Access Set security to your financial report definition.

11.

Enter the Row Set and Column Set to use for the report.

12.

Click in the Required Components: Row Set field.

13.

Enter the desired information into the Required Components: Row Set field. Enter "Training Row Set".

14.

Click in the Required Components: Column Set field.

15.

Enter the desired information into the Required Components: Column Set field. Enter "12 Month Review".

16.

Click the Run Report button.

or Press [Alt+R].

Page 669

Page 676: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

17.

Click the Yes button.

or Press [Alt+Y].

18.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

19.

The Run Individual Reports page enables you to run specific reports individually.

Page 670

Page 677: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

20.

Click the Submit button.

or Press [Alt+S].

21.

Click the Close button.

22.

You have completed the Running an Ad-Hoc Row Set Report procedure.End of Procedure.

Running a Row Set Summary and Detail ReportThe Row Set Summary and Detail Report lets you review the names and descriptions of all row sets defined for your chart of accounts. General Ledger displays the chart of accounts structure associated with each row set.

In this topic, you will run the Row Set Summary and Detail report.

Procedure

Page 671

Page 678: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Submit a New Request page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Standard link.

5.

Use the Submit a New Request page to run a single request or request set. Single requests are just the job you have defined in your parameters settings. Requests sets enable you to process multiple requests and reports.

Page 672

Page 679: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

6.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

7.

Use the Submit Request page to enter general request and report parameters. These parameters include the report title, operating unit, language, when to run the request or process, and what to do with the output.

Page 673

Page 680: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

8.

Click in the Name field.

9.

Enter the desired information into the Name field. Enter "FSG - Row Set Detail Listing".

10.

Click in the Parameters field.

11.

Use the Parameters page to enter the request parameters. These parameters will be used to define the processing rules and data to be included when the report or request is run.

12.

Click in the Row Set Name field.

13.

Enter the desired information into the Row Set Name field. Enter "Training Row Set".

Page 674

Page 681: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

14.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

15.

Click the Submit button.

or Press [Alt+m].

16.

Click the Yes button.

or Press [Alt+Y].

17.

Click in the Name field.

18.

Click the Submit button.

or Press [Alt+m].

19.

You have completed the Running a Row Set Summary and Detail Report procedure.End of Procedure.

Creating a Column SetA column set defines the format and content of the columns in an Financials Statements Generator (FSG) report. In FSG, the commonly assumed attribute for a column definition is a time period (amount type), whereas the attribute for a row definition is an account assignment. Therefore, typical column sets include headings and subheadings, amount types, format masks, currencyassignments, and calculation columns for totals.

In this procedure, you will create a column set in the Column Set window.

Page 675

Page 682: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Procedure

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Column Set window.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Reports: Define: Column Set link.

Page 676

Page 683: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

5.

From the Column Set page, you can do the following:

• Specify account balance types to include in the column. For example, you can define a column with actual, budget, or encumbrance amounts.• Create Headings for your columns. You can also create relative headings, which change depending on the period of interest specified when you run the report.• Define calculations to perform a variety of complex computations in your report. The calculations can refer to any previous columns in the report, including rows you choose not to display.• Specify formatting using format masks, which determine how numbers in your report are displayed.• Secure column set definitions to allow only specific column sets to be used, viewed, or modified by certain users.

In this procedure, you will create a column set.

Step Action

6.

Click in the Name field.

Page 677

Page 684: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

7.

Enter the desired information into the Name field. Enter "Training Column Set".

8.

Click in the Description field.

9.

Enter the desired information into the Description field. Enter "Training 5 Month Rolling Summary".

10.

Though you will not enter an override value in this procedure, you use the Override Segment field to override segments to produce "breakdown" reports.

For example, if you defined a report that produces a corporate income statement and you now want to create a version of the same report that shows income results for multiple departments, you would enter an override segment.

You can find more information about override segments in the General Ledger User's Guide.

11.

Click the Build Column Set button.

or Press [Alt+u].

12.

The sequence number is used to define column calculations.

Note: The sequence number does not control the order of the columns on a report like it does for rows in a row set. Instead, the column order is determined by the column starting positions.

Page 678

Page 685: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

13.

Click in the Sequence field.

14.

Enter the desired information into the Sequence field. Enter "10".

15.

Click in the Name field.

16.

Enter the desired information into the Name field. Enter "POI-4".

17.

Oracle General Ledger provides a number of amount types, which can be specified in the a row or column definition.

For example, in this procedure, you will enter an amount type of PTD-Actual, which refers to Period-to-date actual balances.

Page 679

Page 686: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

18.

Click in the Amount Type field.

19.

Enter the desired information into the Amount Type field. Enter "PTD-Actual".

20.

If you assign an amount type to a row or column, you must also assignan offset.

Enter the relative Offset if you want to report on a period or effective date before or after your runtime period or effective date.

If your specified Amount Type refers to a period, such as PTD-Actual, then the offset will be in number of periods. However, if your specified Amount Type refers to days, such as PATD, then the offset will be in number of days.

21.

Click in the Offset field.

22.

Enter the desired information into the Offset field. Enter "-4".

23.

Click the Add Column button.

24.

Click in the Sequence field.

25.

Enter the desired information into the Sequence field. Enter "20".

26.

Press the left mouse button on the Name object.

27.

Enter the desired information into the Name field. Enter "POI-3".

Page 680

Page 687: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

28.

Click in the Amount Type field.

29.

Enter the desired information into the Amount Type field. Enter "PTD-Actual".

30.

Click in the Offset field.

31.

Enter the desired information into the Offset field. Enter "-3".

32.

Click the Add Column button.

33.

Click in the Sequence field.

34.

Enter the desired information into the Sequence field. Enter "30".

35.

Click in the Name field.

36.

Enter the desired information into the Name field. Enter "POI-2".

37.

Click in the Amount Type field.

38.

Enter the desired information into the Amount Type field. Enter "PTD-Actual".

Page 681

Page 688: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

39.

Click in the Offset field.

40.

Enter the desired information into the Offset field. Enter "-2".

41.

Click the Add Column button.

42.

Click in the Sequence field.

43.

Enter the desired information into the Sequence field. Enter "40".

44.

Click in the Name field.

45.

Enter the desired information into the Name field. Enter "POI-1".

46.

Click in the Amount Type field.

47.

Enter the desired information into the Amount Type field. Enter "PTD-Actual".

48.

Click in the Offset field.

49.

Enter the desired information into the Offset field. Enter "-1".

Page 682

Page 689: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

50.

Click the Add Column button.

51.

Click in the Sequence field.

52.

Enter the desired information into the Sequence field. Enter "50".

53.

Click in the Name field.

54.

Enter the desired information into the Name field. Enter "POI".

55.

Click in the Amount Type field.

56.

Enter the desired information into the Amount Type field. Enter "PTD-Actual".

57.

Click in the Offset field.

58.

Enter the desired information into the Offset field. Enter "0".

59.

Click the Add Column button.

60.

Click in the Sequence field.

Page 683

Page 690: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

61.

Enter the desired information into the Sequence field. Enter "60".

62.

Format masks, which are specified in your row and column definitions, define how FSG prints numerical values on your reports. With a format mask, you can control the following:

• Number of digits displayed on both sides of the decimal point• Currency symbol• Symbol used as the decimal indicator• Other information you want printed before or after your amounts

63.

Click in the Format Mask field.

64.

Enter the desired information into the DISPLAY_ITEM6_0 field. Enter "9,999,999,999.99".

65.

Click the Create Default Heading button.

or Press [Alt+D].

66.

Click in the HEADING_ITEM6_0 field.

67.

Enter the desired information into the HEADING_ITEM6_0 field. Enter "TOTAL".

68.

Click the OK button.

69.

You have completed the Creating a Column Set procedure.End of Procedure.

Page 684

Page 691: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Creating a Column Set HeadingYou define the column headings for a report within the related column set. You can create custom column headings or modify default headings to meet your specific reporting needs. Your column headings can be static, or you can use relative headings to create dynamic column headings whose content changes depending on the period you specify when you run the report.

You can also create and edit column headings with the Column Set Builder.

In this topic, you will define a column set heading.

Procedure

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Column Set page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

Page 685

Page 692: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Reports: Define: Column Set link.

5.

Use the Column Set page to create column sets, headings, assign access, reports, and auto copy the columns.

Step Action

6.

Query a column set name.Click in the Name field.

7.

Enter the desired information into the Name field. Enter "Training Revenue".

8.

Click in the Description field.

Page 686

Page 693: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

9.

Enter the desired information into the Description field. Enter "Column Set for Training".

10.

Click the Create Heading button.

or Press [Alt+d].

11.

Use the Column Set Heading page to enter or change the heading for the column set.

Step Action

12.

Enter the desired information into the Column Set Header Editor Multiline field. Enter "January 2008".

Page 687

Page 694: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

13.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

Step Action

14.

Click the Save button.

15.

You have defined a column set heading.End of Procedure.

Page 688

Page 695: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Running a Column Set Ad-Hoc ReportYou can define ad hoc financial reports as necessary to meet special reporting needs. An ad hoc report is one you define at the time you run financial reports.

Note that to improve system performance, you need to delete ad hoc reports periodically.

Following are the prerequisites to defining ad-hoc reports:• Define a row set.• Define a column set

In this topic, you will run a column set ad-hoc report using the Define Financial Report page.

Procedure

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Define Financial Report page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

Page 689

Page 696: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Reports: Define: Report link.

5.

Use the Define Financial Report page to run an ad-hoc repot.

You will use this page to enter the column set and row set details.

Begin by entering a name in the Report field and a name for your report title in the Title field.

Step Action

6.

Click in the Report field.

Page 690

Page 697: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

7.

Enter the desired information into the Report field. Enter "Training Column Set Report".

8.

Click in the Title field.

9.

Enter the desired information into the Title field. Enter "Training Column Set Ad-Hoc Report".

10.

Use the Required Components region to enter the row and column information.

In the Row Set and Column Set field, enter the row and columns sets you want to use for the report.

Note: If you specified control values in the Balance Control options of your row set or column set, you will be required to assign the control values to specific budgets, encumbrances, currencies, or constant periods of interest.

11.

Click in the Required Components: Row Set field.

12.

Enter the desired information into the Required Components: Row Set field. Enter "Training Row Set".

13.

Click in the Required Components: Column Set field.

14.

Enter the desired information into the Required Components: Column Set field. Enter "Training Column Set".

15.

Click the Run Report button.

or Press [Alt+R].

16.

The Decision page will display an alert.

Page 691

Page 698: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

17.

Click the Yes button.

or Press [Alt+Y].

18.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

19.

After you save your work, use the Run Individual Reports page to submit your request for the Ad-Hoc report.

Page 692

Page 699: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

20.

Click the Submit button.

or Press [Alt+S].

21.

Note the request ID that displays in the Request column.

22.

Click the Close button.

Step Action

23.

Click the Close button.

Page 693

Page 700: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

24.

You have completed running a column set ad-hoc report, using the Define Financial Report page.End of Procedure.

Running Column Set Detail and Summary ReportsThe Column Set Detail and Summary Reports let you review detailed information about a specific column set, or about all column sets defined in the system. General Ledger first prints your column set heading, then the details of each column definition. Display options for each column appear in a box. General Ledger prints your account assignments, and your calculation and exception definitions, if any.

In this topic, you will run the Column Set Detail and Summary report.

Procedure

Page 694

Page 701: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Submit a New Request page.Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Reports: Request: Standard link.

5.

Use the Submit a New Request page to runs a single request or request set. Single requests are just the job you have defined in your parameters settings. Requests sets enable you to process multiple requests and or reports.

Step Action

6.

Click the OK button.

Page 695

Page 702: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

or Press [Alt+O].

7.

Use the Submit Request page to enter general request or report parameters. These parameters include the report title, operating unit, language, when to run the request or process, and what to do with the output.

Step Action

8.

Click in the Name field.

9.

Enter the desired information into the Name field. Enter "FSG - Column Set Detail Listing".

10.

Click in the Parameters field.

Page 696

Page 703: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

11.

Use the Parameters page to enter the request parameters. These parameters will be used to define the processing rules and data to be included when the report or request is run.

12.

Select any column set you have defined, or leave this field blank to report on all column sets.

If an account assignment was made to column sets, only those column sets that match your ledger's chart of accounts display.Enter the desired information into the Column Set Name field. Enter "Training Column Set".

13.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

14.

Click the Submit button.

or Press [Alt+m].

15.

Click the Yes button.

or Press [Alt+Y].

16.

Enter the desired information into the Name field. Enter "FSG - Column Set Summary Listing".

17.

Click the Submit button.

or Press [Alt+m].

18.

You have completed the Running Column Set Detail and Summary Reports procedure.End of Procedure.

Page 697

Page 704: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Defining a Content SetBy assigning a content set to a report request, you can generate hundreds of similar reports in a single run. The content set controls how the numerous reports differ from each other. For example, assume your organization has 50 departments and that Department is one of your account segments. Also assume that you already have an FSG report for travel expenses, which you run weekly. By using a content set with your existing report definition, you can print a travel expense report for each department, in one report request. You can then distribute the reports to the 50 department managers for review purposes.

Content sets are similar to row sets and actually work their magic by overriding the row set definition of an existing report. The subtle report variations discussed in the previous paragraph are achieved by the content set altering the row set account assignments and/or display options.

You cannot use content sets with XBRL output. If you choose a content set function, such as page expand, the report will error.

In this topic, you will define a content set.

Procedure

Page 698

Page 705: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

1.

Begin by navigating to the Content Set page. Click the vertical scrollbar.

2.

Click the General Ledger, Vision Operations (USA) link.

3.

Click the vertical scrollbar.

4.

Click the Reports: Define: Content Set link.

5.

Use the Content Set page to define a new content set and assign it to a general ledger account.

Step Action

6.

Click in the Content Set field.

Page 699

Page 706: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

7.

Enter the desired information into the Content Set field. Enter "Training Content Set".

8.

Click in the Description field.

9.

Enter the desired information into the Description field. Enter "Training".

10.

Select a processing type for multiple reports:• Parallel: FSG processes multiple reports at the same time.• Sequential: FSG processes multiple reports in sequential order.

Select the Enable Security checkbox to apply Definition Access Set security to your content set definition.

11.

Click in the Account Assignments: Sequence field.

12.

Enter a Sequence number for each account range.Enter the desired information into the Account Assignments: Sequence field. Enter "10".

13.

Enter the Ledger and Account Range Low and High values if you want to override the segment value ranges specified in your row set.

If you enter a parent segment value for your flexfield low and high, FSG displays all child values for that parent.Click in the Account Assignments: Account Segment Low field.

14.

Use the Operations Accounting Flex page to enter the low and high values for ledger and account ranges.

15.

Click in the Ledger: Low field.

16.

Enter the desired information into the Ledger: Low field. Enter "Vision Operations".

Page 700

Page 707: 51103971 Oracle EBS R12 General Ledger TRAINING

Training GuideOracle EBS R12 General Ledger

Step Action

17.

Click in the Ledger: High field.

18.

Click in the Department: Low field.

19.

Enter the desired information into the Department: Low field. Enter "300".

20.

Enter the desired information into the Department: High field. Enter "399".

21.

Click in the Department: Display field.

22.

Enter the desired information into the Department: Display field. Enter "PE".

23.

Click the OK button.

or Press [Alt+O].

24.

Click the Save button.

25.

You have defined a content set.End of Procedure.

Page 701